diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib')
34 files changed, 0 insertions, 13754 deletions
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c deleted file mode 100644 index 760718127..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,208 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * DHCP Client Application. When connected to the uIP stack, this will retrieve IP configuration settings from the - * DHCP server on the network. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPCLIENTAPP_C -#include "DHCPClientApp.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Initialization function for the DHCP client. */ -void DHCPClientApp_Init(void) -{ - /* Create a new UDP connection to the DHCP server port for the DHCP solicitation */ - struct uip_udp_conn* Connection = uip_udp_new(&uip_broadcast_addr, HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT)); - - /* If the connection was successfully created, bind it to the local DHCP client port */ - if (Connection != NULL) - { - uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState = &Connection->appstate; - uip_udp_bind(Connection, HTONS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT)); - - /* Set the initial client state */ - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover; - - /* Set timeout period to half a second for a DHCP server to respond */ - timer_set(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout, CLOCK_SECOND / 2); - } -} - -/** uIP stack application callback for the DHCP client. This function must be called each time the TCP/IP stack - * needs a UDP packet to be processed. - */ -void DHCPClientApp_Callback(void) -{ - uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_udp_conn->appstate; - DHCP_Header_t* const AppData = (DHCP_Header_t*)uip_appdata; - uint16_t AppDataSize = 0; - - switch (AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState) - { - case DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover: - /* Clear all DHCP settings, reset client IP address */ - memset(&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data, 0x00, sizeof(AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data)); - uip_sethostaddr((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP); - - /* Fill out the DHCP response header */ - AppDataSize += DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_DISCOVER, AppState); - - /* Add the required DHCP options list to the packet */ - uint8_t RequiredOptionList[] = {DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER, DHCP_OPTION_DNS_SERVER}; - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_REQ_LIST, sizeof(RequiredOptionList), - RequiredOptionList); - - /* Send the DHCP DISCOVER packet */ - uip_udp_send(AppDataSize); - - /* Reset the timeout timer, progress to next state */ - timer_reset(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout); - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_WaitForOffer; - - break; - case DHCP_STATE_WaitForOffer: - if (!(uip_newdata())) - { - /* Check if the DHCP timeout period has expired while waiting for a response */ - if (timer_expired(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout)) - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover; - - break; - } - - uint8_t OfferResponse_MessageType; - if ((AppData->TransactionID == DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID) && - DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE, &OfferResponse_MessageType) && - (OfferResponse_MessageType == DHCP_OFFER)) - { - /* Received a DHCP offer for an IP address, copy over values for later request */ - memcpy(&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP, &AppData->YourIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.Netmask); - DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.GatewayIP); - DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.ServerIP); - - timer_reset(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout); - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendRequest; - } - - break; - case DHCP_STATE_SendRequest: - /* Fill out the DHCP response header */ - AppDataSize += DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_REQUEST, AppState); - - /* Add the DHCP REQUESTED IP ADDRESS option to the packet */ - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_REQ_IPADDR, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), - &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP); - - /* Add the DHCP SERVER IP ADDRESS option to the packet */ - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), - &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.ServerIP); - - /* Send the DHCP REQUEST packet */ - uip_udp_send(AppDataSize); - - /* Reset the timeout timer, progress to next state */ - timer_reset(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout); - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_WaitForACK; - - break; - case DHCP_STATE_WaitForACK: - if (!(uip_newdata())) - { - /* Check if the DHCP timeout period has expired while waiting for a response */ - if (timer_expired(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout)) - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover; - - break; - } - - uint8_t RequestResponse_MessageType; - if ((AppData->TransactionID == DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID) && - DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE, &RequestResponse_MessageType) && - (RequestResponse_MessageType == DHCP_ACK)) - { - /* Set the new network parameters from the DHCP server */ - uip_sethostaddr((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP); - uip_setnetmask((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.Netmask); - uip_setdraddr((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.GatewayIP); - - AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_AddressLeased; - } - - break; - } -} - -/** Fills the DHCP packet response with the appropriate BOOTP header for DHCP. This fills out all the required - * fields, leaving only the additional DHCP options to be added to the packet before it is sent to the DHCP server. - * - * \param[out] DHCPHeader Location in the packet buffer where the BOOTP header should be written to - * \param[in] DHCPMessageType DHCP Message type, such as DHCP_DISCOVER - * \param[in] AppState Application state of the current UDP connection - * - * \return Size in bytes of the created DHCP packet - */ -static uint16_t DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader, - const uint8_t DHCPMessageType, - uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState) -{ - /* Erase existing packet data so that we start will all 0x00 DHCP header data */ - memset(DHCPHeader, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t)); - - /* Fill out the DHCP packet header */ - DHCPHeader->Operation = DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST; - DHCPHeader->HardwareType = DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET; - DHCPHeader->HardwareAddressLength = sizeof(MACAddress); - DHCPHeader->Hops = 0; - DHCPHeader->TransactionID = DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID; - DHCPHeader->ElapsedSeconds = 0; - DHCPHeader->Flags = HTONS(BOOTP_BROADCAST); - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->ClientIP, &uip_hostaddr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->YourIP, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->NextServerIP, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.ServerIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->ClientHardwareAddress, &MACAddress, sizeof(struct uip_eth_addr)); - DHCPHeader->Cookie = DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE; - - /* Add a DHCP message type and terminator options to the start of the DHCP options field */ - DHCPHeader->Options[0] = DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE; - DHCPHeader->Options[1] = 1; - DHCPHeader->Options[2] = DHCPMessageType; - DHCPHeader->Options[3] = DHCP_OPTION_END; - - /* Calculate the total number of bytes added to the outgoing packet */ - return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 4); -} - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0aec00331..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for DHCPClientApp.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DHCPCLIENT_APP_H_ -#define _DHCPCLIENT_APP_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <stdio.h> - - #include <uip.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - #include "../Webserver.h" - #include "DHCPCommon.h" - - /* Enums: */ - /** States for each DHCP connection to a DHCP client. */ - enum DHCP_Client_States_t - { - DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover, /**< Send DISCOVER packet to retrieve DHCP lease offers */ - DHCP_STATE_WaitForOffer, /**< Waiting for OFFER packet giving available DHCP leases */ - DHCP_STATE_SendRequest, /**< Send REQUEST packet to request a DHCP lease */ - DHCP_STATE_WaitForACK, /**< Wait for ACK packet to complete the DHCP lease */ - DHCP_STATE_AddressLeased, /**< DHCP address has been leased from a DHCP server */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void DHCPClientApp_Init(void); - void DHCPClientApp_Callback(void); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPCLIENTAPP_C) - static uint16_t DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader, - const uint8_t DHCPMessageType, - uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState); - #endif -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6d80f65ca..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Common DHCP routines to manage DHCP packet data. - */ - -#include "DHCPCommon.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Sets the given DHCP option in the DHCP packet's option list. This automatically moves the - * end of options terminator past the new option in the options list. - * - * \param[in,out] DHCPOptionList Pointer to the start of the DHCP packet's options list - * \param[in] Option DHCP option to add to the list - * \param[in] DataLen Size in bytes of the option data to add - * \param[in] OptionData Buffer where the option's data is to be sourced from - * - * \return Number of bytes added to the DHCP packet - */ -uint8_t DHCPCommon_SetOption(uint8_t* DHCPOptionList, - const uint8_t Option, - const uint8_t DataLen, - void* const OptionData) -{ - /* Skip through the DHCP options list until the terminator option is found */ - while (*DHCPOptionList != DHCP_OPTION_END) - DHCPOptionList += (DHCPOptionList[1] + 2); - - /* Overwrite the existing terminator with the new option, add a new terminator at the end of the list */ - DHCPOptionList[0] = Option; - DHCPOptionList[1] = DataLen; - memcpy(&DHCPOptionList[2], OptionData, DataLen); - DHCPOptionList[2 + DataLen] = DHCP_OPTION_END; - - /* Calculate the total number of bytes added to the outgoing packet */ - return (2 + DataLen); -} - -/** Retrieves the given option's data (if present) from the DHCP packet's options list. - * - * \param[in,out] DHCPOptionList Pointer to the start of the DHCP packet's options list - * \param[in] Option DHCP option to retrieve to the list - * \param[out] Destination Buffer where the option's data is to be written to if found - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the option was found in the DHCP packet's options list, \c false otherwise - */ -bool DHCPCommon_GetOption(const uint8_t* DHCPOptionList, - const uint8_t Option, - void* const Destination) -{ - /* Look through the incoming DHCP packet's options list for the requested option */ - while (*DHCPOptionList != DHCP_OPTION_END) - { - /* Check if the current DHCP option in the packet is the one requested */ - if (DHCPOptionList[0] == Option) - { - /* Copy request option's data to the destination buffer */ - memcpy(Destination, &DHCPOptionList[2], DHCPOptionList[1]); - - /* Indicate that the requested option data was successfully retrieved */ - return true; - } - - /* Skip to next DHCP option in the options list */ - DHCPOptionList += (DHCPOptionList[1] + 2); - } - - /* Requested option not found in the incoming packet's DHCP options list */ - return false; -} - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8f54c1671..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for common DHCP defines. - */ - -#ifndef _DHCP_COMMON_H_ -#define _DHCP_COMMON_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <stdint.h> - #include <stdbool.h> - #include <string.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include <uip.h> - - /* Macros: */ - /** UDP listen port for a BOOTP server. */ - #define DHCP_SERVER_PORT 67 - - /** UDP listen port for a BOOTP client. */ - #define DHCP_CLIENT_PORT 68 - - /** BOOTP message type for a BOOTP REQUEST message. */ - #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST 0x01 - - /** BOOTP message type for a BOOTP REPLY message. */ - #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY 0x02 - - /** BOOTP flag for a BOOTP broadcast message. */ - #define BOOTP_BROADCAST 0x8000 - - /** Magic DHCP cookie for a BOOTP message to identify it as a DHCP message. */ - #define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63538263 - - /** Unique transaction ID used to identify DHCP responses to the client. */ - #define DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID 0x13245466 - - /** DHCP message type for a DISCOVER message. */ - #define DHCP_DISCOVER 1 - - /** DHCP message type for an OFFER message. */ - #define DHCP_OFFER 2 - - /** DHCP message type for a REQUEST message. */ - #define DHCP_REQUEST 3 - - /** DHCP message type for a DECLINE message. */ - #define DHCP_DECLINE 4 - - /** DHCP message type for an ACK message. */ - #define DHCP_ACK 5 - - /** DHCP message type for a NAK message. */ - #define DHCP_NAK 6 - - /** DHCP message type for a RELEASE message. */ - #define DHCP_RELEASE 7 - - /** DHCP medium type for standard Ethernet. */ - #define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET 1 - - /** DHCP message option for the network subnet mask. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK 1 - - /** DHCP message option for the network gateway IP. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER 3 - - /** DHCP message option for the network DNS server. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_DNS_SERVER 6 - - /** DHCP message option for the requested client IP address. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_REQ_IPADDR 50 - - /** DHCP message option for the IP address lease time. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_LEASE_TIME 51 - - /** DHCP message option for the DHCP message type. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE 53 - - /** DHCP message option for the DHCP server IP. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID 54 - - /** DHCP message option for the list of required options from the server. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_REQ_LIST 55 - - /** DHCP message option for the options list terminator. */ - #define DHCP_OPTION_END 255 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */ - typedef struct - { - uint8_t Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */ - uint8_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */ - uint8_t HardwareAddressLength; /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */ - uint8_t Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */ - - uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */ - - uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */ - uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */ - - uip_ipaddr_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */ - uip_ipaddr_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */ - uip_ipaddr_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */ - uip_ipaddr_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */ - - uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */ - uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */ - uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */ - - uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */ - - uint8_t Options[]; /**< DHCP message options */ - } DHCP_Header_t; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint8_t DHCPCommon_SetOption(uint8_t* DHCPOptionList, - const uint8_t Option, - const uint8_t DataLen, - void* const OptionData); - bool DHCPCommon_GetOption(const uint8_t* DHCPOptionList, - const uint8_t Option, - void* const Destination); - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c deleted file mode 100644 index fea54ddb0..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,265 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * DHCP Server Application. When connected to the uIP stack, this will send IP configuration settings to a - * DHCP client on the network. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPSERVERAPP_C -#include "DHCPServerApp.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -struct uip_conn* BroadcastConnection; - -uint8_t LeasedIPs[255 / 8]; - -/** Initialization function for the DHCP server. */ -void DHCPServerApp_Init(void) -{ - /* Listen on port 67 for DHCP server connections from hosts */ - uip_listen(HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT)); - - /* Create a new UDP connection to the DHCP server port for the DHCP solicitation */ - struct uip_udp_conn* BroadcastConnection = uip_udp_new(&uip_broadcast_addr, HTONS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT)); - - /* If the connection was successfully created, bind it to the local DHCP client port */ - if (BroadcastConnection != NULL) - uip_udp_bind(BroadcastConnection, HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT)); - - /* Set all IP addresses as unleased */ - memset(LeasedIPs, 0x00, sizeof(LeasedIPs)); -} - -/** uIP stack application callback for the DHCP server. This function must be called each time the TCP/IP stack - * needs a UDP packet to be processed. - */ -void DHCPServerApp_Callback(void) -{ - DHCP_Header_t* const AppData = (DHCP_Header_t*)uip_appdata; - uint16_t AppDataSize = 0; - - /* Only process when new data arrives - don't retransmit lost packets */ - if (uip_newdata()) - { - /* Get the DHCP message type (if present), otherwise early-abort */ - uint8_t DHCPMessageType; - if (!(DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE, &DHCPMessageType))) - return; - - uip_ipaddr_t Netmask, GatewayIPAddress, PreferredClientIP; - struct uip_eth_addr RemoteMACAddress; - uint32_t TransactionID; - - /* Get configured network mask, gateway IP and extract out DHCP transaction ID and remote IP */ - uip_getnetmask(&Netmask); - uip_getdraddr(&GatewayIPAddress); - memcpy(&RemoteMACAddress, &AppData->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(struct uip_eth_addr)); - TransactionID = AppData->TransactionID; - - /* Try to extract out the client's preferred IP address if it is indicated in the packet */ - if (!(DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_REQ_IPADDR, &PreferredClientIP))) - memcpy(&PreferredClientIP, &uip_all_zeroes_addr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - - switch (DHCPMessageType) - { - case DHCP_DISCOVER: - /* If no preference was made or the preferred IP is already taken, find a new address */ - if (DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(&PreferredClientIP)) - DHCPServerApp_GetUnleasedIP(&PreferredClientIP); - - /* Create a new DHCP OFFER packet with the offered IP address */ - AppDataSize += DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_OFFER, &RemoteMACAddress, &PreferredClientIP, TransactionID); - - /* Add network mask and router information to the list of DHCP OFFER packet options */ - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK, - sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &Netmask); - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER, - sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &GatewayIPAddress); - - /* Send the DHCP OFFER packet */ - uip_poll_conn(BroadcastConnection); - memcpy(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - uip_udp_send(AppDataSize); - - break; - case DHCP_REQUEST: - /* Check to see if the requested IP address has already been leased to a client */ - if (!(DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(&PreferredClientIP))) - { - /* Create a new DHCP ACK packet to accept the IP address lease */ - AppDataSize += DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_ACK, &RemoteMACAddress, &PreferredClientIP, TransactionID); - - /* Add network mask and router information to the list of DHCP ACK packet options */ - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK, - sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &Netmask); - AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER, - sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &GatewayIPAddress); - - /* Mark the requested IP as leased to a client */ - DHCPServerApp_LeaseIP(&PreferredClientIP); - } - else - { - /* Create a new DHCP NAK packet to reject the requested allocation */ - AppDataSize += DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_NAK, &RemoteMACAddress, &uip_all_zeroes_addr, TransactionID); - } - - /* Send the DHCP ACK or NAK packet */ - uip_poll_conn(BroadcastConnection); - memcpy(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - uip_udp_send(AppDataSize); - - break; - case DHCP_RELEASE: - /* Mark the IP address as released in the allocation table */ - DHCPServerApp_UnleaseIP(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr); - break; - } - } -} - -/** Fills the DHCP packet response with the appropriate BOOTP header for DHCP. This fills out all the required - * fields, leaving only the additional DHCP options to be added to the packet before it is sent to the DHCP client. - * - * \param[out] DHCPHeader Location in the packet buffer where the BOOTP header should be written to - * \param[in] DHCPMessageType DHCP Message type, such as DHCP_DISCOVER - * \param[in] ClientHardwareAddress Client MAC address the created transaction should be directed to - * \param[in] PreferredClientIP Preferred IP that should be given to the client if it is unallocated - * \param[in] TransactionID Transaction ID the created transaction should be associated with - * - * \return Size in bytes of the created DHCP packet - */ -static uint16_t DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader, - const uint8_t DHCPMessageType, - const struct uip_eth_addr* const ClientHardwareAddress, - const uip_ipaddr_t* const PreferredClientIP, - const uint32_t TransactionID) -{ - /* Erase existing packet data so that we start will all 0x00 DHCP header data */ - memset(DHCPHeader, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t)); - - DHCPHeader->Operation = DHCPMessageType; - DHCPHeader->HardwareType = DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET; - DHCPHeader->HardwareAddressLength = sizeof(MACAddress); - DHCPHeader->Hops = 0; - DHCPHeader->TransactionID = TransactionID; - DHCPHeader->ElapsedSeconds = 0; - DHCPHeader->Flags = 0; - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->NextServerIP, &uip_hostaddr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->YourIP, PreferredClientIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - memcpy(&DHCPHeader->ClientHardwareAddress, ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(struct uip_eth_addr)); - DHCPHeader->Cookie = DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE; - - /* Add a DHCP message type and terminator options to the start of the DHCP options field */ - DHCPHeader->Options[0] = DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE; - DHCPHeader->Options[1] = 1; - DHCPHeader->Options[2] = DHCPMessageType; - DHCPHeader->Options[3] = DHCP_OPTION_END; - - /* Calculate the total number of bytes added to the outgoing packet */ - return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 4); -} - -/** Checks to see if the nominated IP address has already been allocated to a client. - * - * \param[in] IPAddress IP Address whose lease status should be checked - * - * \pre The IP address must be within the same /24 subnet as the virtual webserver. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the IP has already been leased to a client, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress) -{ - uint8_t Byte = (IPAddress->u8[3] / 8); - uint8_t Mask = (1 << (IPAddress->u8[3] % 8)); - - /* Make sure that the requested IP address isn't already leased to the virtual server or another client */ - if (IPAddress->u8[3] && !(IPAddress->u8[3] == uip_hostaddr.u8[3]) && !(LeasedIPs[Byte] & Mask)) - return false; - else - return true; -} - -/** Retrieves the next unleased IP in the IP address pool. - * - * \param[out] NewIPAddress Location where the generated IP Address should be stored - */ -static void DHCPServerApp_GetUnleasedIP(uip_ipaddr_t* const NewIPAddress) -{ - uip_ipaddr_copy(NewIPAddress, &uip_hostaddr); - - /** Look through the current subnet, skipping the broadcast and zero IP addresses */ - for (uint8_t IP = 1; IP < 254; IP++) - { - /* Update new IP address to lease with the current IP address to test */ - NewIPAddress->u8[3] = IP; - - /* If we've found an unleased IP, abort with the updated IP stored for the called */ - if (!(DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(NewIPAddress))) - return; - } -} - -/** Marks the given IP Address as leased in the address pool, so that it will not be - * allocated to another client unless it is first released. - * - * \param[in] IPAddress IP Address to mark as leased - * - * \pre The IP address must be within the same /24 subnet as the virtual webserver. - */ -static void DHCPServerApp_LeaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress) -{ - uint8_t Byte = (IPAddress->u8[3] / 8); - uint8_t Mask = (1 << (IPAddress->u8[3] % 8)); - - /* Mark the IP address as leased in the allocation table */ - LeasedIPs[Byte] |= Mask; -} - -/** Marks the given IP Address as not leased in the address pool, so that it can be - * allocated to another client upon request. - * - * \param[in] IPAddress IP Address to mark as not leased - * - * \pre The IP address must be within the same /24 subnet as the virtual webserver. - */ -static void DHCPServerApp_UnleaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress) -{ - uint8_t Byte = (IPAddress->u8[3] / 8); - uint8_t Mask = (1 << (IPAddress->u8[3] % 8)); - - /* Mark the IP address as unleased in the allocation table */ - LeasedIPs[Byte] &= ~Mask; -} -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h deleted file mode 100644 index a9dae7bf3..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for DHCPServerApp.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DHCPSERVER_APP_H_ -#define _DHCPSERVER_APP_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <stdio.h> - - #include <uip.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - #include "../Webserver.h" - #include "DHCPCommon.h" - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void DHCPServerApp_Init(void); - void DHCPServerApp_Callback(void); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPSERVERAPP_C) - static uint16_t DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader, - const uint8_t DHCPMessageType, - const struct uip_eth_addr* const ClientHardwareAddress, - const uip_ipaddr_t* const PreferredClientIP, - const uint32_t TransactionID); - static bool DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress); - static void DHCPServerApp_GetUnleasedIP(uip_ipaddr_t* const NewIPAddress); - static void DHCPServerApp_LeaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress); - static void DHCPServerApp_UnleaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress); - #endif -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c deleted file mode 100644 index b1111ce39..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,534 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of - * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored - * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such - * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C -#include "DataflashManager.h" - -/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from - * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes - * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write - */ -void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); - - /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - /* Clear the current endpoint bank */ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - - /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - } - - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ - if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) - UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ - if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - } -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); - } - - /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - - /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ - if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) - return; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - - /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into - * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash - * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read - */ -void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - - /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - { - /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */ - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return; - } - - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - } - - /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - - /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ - if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) - return; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */ - if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from - * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the - * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the - * Dataflash. - * - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write - * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer - */ -void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - const uint8_t* BufferPtr) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ - if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) - UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - -#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ - if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - } -#endif - - /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ - Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); - } - - /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ - for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) - Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++)); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into - * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash - * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read - * the files stored on the Dataflash. - * - * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence - * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read - * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer - */ -void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - uint8_t* BufferPtr) -{ - uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); - - /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - - while (TotalBlocks) - { - uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; - - /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */ - while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ - if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) - { - /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; - CurrDFPage++; - - /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ - Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); - - /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); - Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); - } - - /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ - for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) - *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); - - /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ - CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; - - /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ - BytesInBlockDiv16++; - } - - /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ - TotalBlocks--; - } - - /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */ -void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void) -{ - /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */ - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); - - /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ - if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) - { - Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); - - /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); - } - - /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */ - #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); - - /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ - if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) - { - Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); - - /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); - } - #endif - - /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */ - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); -} - -/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working. - * - * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise - */ -bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void) -{ - uint8_t ReturnByte; - - /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); - ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); - - /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ - if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) - return false; - - #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) - /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ - Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); - Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); - ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); - Dataflash_DeselectChip(); - - /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ - if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) - return false; - #endif - - return true; -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h deleted file mode 100644 index 367fbac8c..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for DataflashManager.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ -#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - - #include "../Descriptors.h" - - #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h> - - /* Preprocessor Checks: */ - #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16) - #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes. - #endif - - /* Defines: */ - /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */ - #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - - /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying - * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value. - */ - #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512 - - /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not - * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size. - */ - #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) - - /** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */ - #define DISK_READ_ONLY false - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks); - void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks); - void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, - uint16_t TotalBlocks, - uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void); - bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void); - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 80d8843d1..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -FatFs Module Source Files R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 - - -FILES - - ffconf.h Configuration file for FatFs module. - ff.h Common include file for FatFs and application module. - ff.c FatFs module. - diskio.h Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module. - diskio.c An example of glue function to attach existing disk I/O module to FatFs. - integer.h Integer type definitions for FatFs. - option Optional external functions. - - Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs - module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific - storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written - to control your storage device. - - - -AGREEMENTS - - FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to - small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education, - research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems. - - Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. - - * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. - * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for - personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. - * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. - - - -REVISION HISTORY - - Feb 26, 2006 R0.00 Prototype - - Apr 29, 2006 R0.01 First release. - - Jun 01, 2006 R0.02 Added FAT12. - Removed unbuffered mode. - Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition. - - Jun 10, 2006 R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM. - - Sep 22, 2006 R0.03 Added f_rename. - Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE. - - Dec 11, 2006 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast. - Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32. - - Feb 04, 2007 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs) - Changed some APIs for multiple drive system. - Added f_mkfs. (FatFs) - Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs) - - Apr 01, 2007 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs) - Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs) - Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek. - Added minimization level 3. - Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an - existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs) - - May 05, 2007 R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option. - Added FSInfo support. - Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs) - Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME. - Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object. - - Aug 25, 2007 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read, f_write. - Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs) - Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs) - Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs) - - Feb 03, 2008 R0.05a Added f_truncate(). - Added f_utime(). - Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination. - Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated. - Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write. - - Apr 01, 2008 R0.06 Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs) - Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets(). - Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster. - - Apr 01, 2009, R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option. - Added long file name support. - Added multiple code page support. - Added re-entrancy for multitask operation. - Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs(). - Added rewind option to f_readdir(). - Changed result code of critical errors. - Renamed string functions to avoid name collision. - - Apr 14, 2009, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg. - Added multiple sector size support. - - Jun 21, 2009, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error. - Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek(). - Added relative path feature. - Added f_chdir(). - Added f_chdrive(). - Added proper case conversion for extended characters. - - Nov 03, 2009 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h. - Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE. - Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH. - Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary. - Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg. - - May 15, 2010, R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN) - Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE) - Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK) - Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR. - Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg. - String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg. - - Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2) - Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE) - Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss. - Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'. - Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume. - - Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write(). - f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP. - Extended format syntax of f_printf function. - Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path names. - - Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature. - Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2) - - Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16. - Changed API rejects null object pointer to avoid crash. - Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK. diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c deleted file mode 100644 index b119b1a40..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs (C)ChaN, 2007 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */ -/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#include "diskio.h" - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Initialize a Drive */ - -DSTATUS disk_initialize ( - BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */ -) -{ - return FR_OK; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Return Disk Status */ - -DSTATUS disk_status ( - BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */ -) -{ - return FR_OK; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read Sector(s) */ - -DRESULT disk_read ( - BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ - BYTE *buff, /* Data buffer to store read data */ - DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */ - BYTE count /* Number of sectors to read (1..128) */ -) -{ - DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff); - return RES_OK; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Write Sector(s) */ - -#if _READONLY == 0 -DRESULT disk_write ( - BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ - const BYTE *buff, /* Data to be written */ - DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */ - BYTE count /* Number of sectors to write (1..128) */ -) -{ - DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff); - return RES_OK; -} -#endif /* _READONLY */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h deleted file mode 100644 index 65e3048a0..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------- -/ Low level disk interface module include file -/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED -#define _DISKIO_DEFINED - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#include "integer.h" -#include "ff.h" - -#include "../DataflashManager.h" - - -/* Status of Disk Functions */ -typedef BYTE DSTATUS; - -/* Results of Disk Functions */ -typedef enum { - RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Successful */ - RES_ERROR, /* 1: R/W Error */ - RES_WRPRT, /* 2: Write Protected */ - RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not Ready */ - RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid Parameter */ -} DRESULT; - - -/*---------------------------------------*/ -/* Prototypes for disk control functions */ - -DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE); -DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE); -DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE); -DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE); -DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*); - - -/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */ - -#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */ -#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */ -#define STA_PROTECT 0x04 /* Write protected */ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2f58adf83..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4139 +0,0 @@ -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs - FAT file system module R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 -/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems. -/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial -/ developments under license policy of following terms. -/ -/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. -/ -/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. -/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for -/ personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. -/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. -/ -/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00 Prototype. -/ -/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01 First stable version. -/ -/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02 Added FAT12 support. -/ Removed unbuffered mode. -/ Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition. -/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM). -/ -/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03 Added f_rename(). -/ Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE. -/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast. -/ Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32. -/ -/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. -/ Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system. -/ Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount(). -/ Added f_mkfs(). -/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive. -/ Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek(). -/ Added minimization level 3. -/ Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs(). -/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG. -/ Added FSInfo support. -/ Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME. -/ Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object. -/ -/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs(). -/ Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. -/ Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. -/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime(). -/ Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination. -/ Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated. -/ Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write. -/ -/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06 Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets(). -/ Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster. -/ -/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY) -/ Added long file name feature. -/ Added multiple code page feature. -/ Added re-entrancy for multitask operation. -/ Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs(). -/ Added rewind option to f_readdir(). -/ Changed result code of critical errors. -/ Renamed string functions to avoid name collision. -/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg. -/ Added multiple sector size feature. -/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error. -/ Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek(). -/ Added relative path feature. -/ Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive(). -/ Added proper case conversion to extended char. -/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h. -/ Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH. -/ Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary. -/ Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE. -/ Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg. -/ -/ May 15,'10 R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3) -/ Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE) -/ Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK) -/ Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR. -/ Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg. -/ String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg. -/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2) -/ Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE) -/ Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss. -/ Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'. -/ Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume. -/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write(). -/ f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP. -/ Extended format syntax of f_printf function. -/ Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name. -/ -/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature. -/ Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2) -/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume. -/ Changed f_open() and f_opendir reject null object pointer to avoid crash. -/ Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK. -/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#include "ff.h" /* FatFs configurations and declarations */ -#include "diskio.h" /* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */ - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Module Private Definitions - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if _FATFS != 4004 /* Revision ID */ -#error Wrong include file (ff.h). -#endif - - -/* Definitions on sector size */ -#if _MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096 -#error Wrong sector size. -#endif -#if _MAX_SS != 512 -#define SS(fs) ((fs)->ssize) /* Variable sector size */ -#else -#define SS(fs) 512U /* Fixed sector size */ -#endif - - -/* Reentrancy related */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT -#if _USE_LFN == 1 -#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration. -#endif -#define ENTER_FF(fs) { if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; } -#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) { unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; } -#else -#define ENTER_FF(fs) -#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) return res -#endif - -#define ABORT(fs, res) { fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); } - - -/* File access control feature */ -#if _FS_LOCK -#if _FS_READONLY -#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 on read-only cfg. -#endif -typedef struct { - FATFS *fs; /* File ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */ - DWORD clu; /* File ID 2, directory */ - WORD idx; /* File ID 3, directory index */ - WORD ctr; /* File open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read open count, 0x100:write mode */ -} FILESEM; -#endif - - - -/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */ - -#if _CODE_PAGE == 932 /* Japanese Shift-JIS */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 /* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */ -#define _DF1E 0x9F /* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */ -#define _DF2S 0xE0 /* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */ -#define _DF2E 0xFC /* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */ -#define _DS1S 0x40 /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */ -#define _DS1E 0x7E /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */ -#define _DS2S 0x80 /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */ -#define _DS2E 0xFC /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */ - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936 /* Simplified Chinese GBK */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 -#define _DF1E 0xFE -#define _DS1S 0x40 -#define _DS1E 0x7E -#define _DS2S 0x80 -#define _DS2E 0xFE - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949 /* Korean */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 -#define _DF1E 0xFE -#define _DS1S 0x41 -#define _DS1E 0x5A -#define _DS2S 0x61 -#define _DS2E 0x7A -#define _DS3S 0x81 -#define _DS3E 0xFE - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950 /* Traditional Chinese Big5 */ -#define _DF1S 0x81 -#define _DF1E 0xFE -#define _DS1S 0x40 -#define _DS1E 0x7E -#define _DS2S 0xA1 -#define _DS2E 0xFE - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437 /* U.S. (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720 /* Arabic (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737 /* Greek (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \ - 0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775 /* Baltic (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850 /* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852 /* Latin 2 (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855 /* Cyrillic (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \ - 0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857 /* Turkish (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858 /* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862 /* Hebrew (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866 /* Russian (OEM) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874 /* Thai (OEM, Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \ - 0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \ - 0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */ -#define _DF1S 0 -#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ - 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ - 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F} - -#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1 /* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */ -#if _USE_LFN -#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page. -#endif -#define _DF1S 0 - -#else -#error Unknown code page - -#endif - - -/* Character code support macros */ -#define IsUpper(c) (((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z')) -#define IsLower(c) (((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z')) -#define IsDigit(c) (((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9')) - -#if _DF1S /* Code page is DBCS */ - -#ifdef _DF2S /* Two 1st byte areas */ -#define IsDBCS1(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E)) -#else /* One 1st byte area */ -#define IsDBCS1(c) ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) -#endif - -#ifdef _DS3S /* Three 2nd byte areas */ -#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E)) -#else /* Two 2nd byte areas */ -#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E)) -#endif - -#else /* Code page is SBCS */ - -#define IsDBCS1(c) 0 -#define IsDBCS2(c) 0 - -#endif /* _DF1S */ - - -/* Name status flags */ -#define NS 11 /* Index of name status byte in fn[] */ -#define NS_LOSS 0x01 /* Out of 8.3 format */ -#define NS_LFN 0x02 /* Force to create LFN entry */ -#define NS_LAST 0x04 /* Last segment */ -#define NS_BODY 0x08 /* Lower case flag (body) */ -#define NS_EXT 0x10 /* Lower case flag (ext) */ -#define NS_DOT 0x20 /* Dot entry */ - - -/* FAT sub-type boundaries */ -/* Note that the FAT spec by Microsoft says 4085 but Windows works with 4087! */ -#define MIN_FAT16 4086 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT16 */ -#define MIN_FAT32 65526 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT32 */ - - -/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of -/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between -/ different platforms */ - -#define BS_jmpBoot 0 /* Jump instruction (3) */ -#define BS_OEMName 3 /* OEM name (8) */ -#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11 /* Sector size [byte] (2) */ -#define BPB_SecPerClus 13 /* Cluster size [sector] (1) */ -#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14 /* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_NumFATs 16 /* Number of FAT copies (1) */ -#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 (2) */ -#define BPB_TotSec16 19 /* Volume size [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_Media 21 /* Media descriptor (1) */ -#define BPB_FATSz16 22 /* FAT size [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24 /* Track size [sector] (2) */ -#define BPB_NumHeads 26 /* Number of heads (2) */ -#define BPB_HiddSec 28 /* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */ -#define BPB_TotSec32 32 /* Volume size [sector] (4) */ -#define BS_DrvNum 36 /* Physical drive number (2) */ -#define BS_BootSig 38 /* Extended boot signature (1) */ -#define BS_VolID 39 /* Volume serial number (4) */ -#define BS_VolLab 43 /* Volume label (8) */ -#define BS_FilSysType 54 /* File system type (1) */ -#define BPB_FATSz32 36 /* FAT size [sector] (4) */ -#define BPB_ExtFlags 40 /* Extended flags (2) */ -#define BPB_FSVer 42 /* File system version (2) */ -#define BPB_RootClus 44 /* Root dir first cluster (4) */ -#define BPB_FSInfo 48 /* Offset of FSInfo sector (2) */ -#define BPB_BkBootSec 50 /* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */ -#define BS_DrvNum32 64 /* Physical drive number (2) */ -#define BS_BootSig32 66 /* Extended boot signature (1) */ -#define BS_VolID32 67 /* Volume serial number (4) */ -#define BS_VolLab32 71 /* Volume label (8) */ -#define BS_FilSysType32 82 /* File system type (1) */ -#define FSI_LeadSig 0 /* FSI: Leading signature (4) */ -#define FSI_StrucSig 484 /* FSI: Structure signature (4) */ -#define FSI_Free_Count 488 /* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */ -#define FSI_Nxt_Free 492 /* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */ -#define MBR_Table 446 /* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */ -#define SZ_PTE 16 /* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */ -#define BS_55AA 510 /* Boot sector signature (2) */ - -#define DIR_Name 0 /* Short file name (11) */ -#define DIR_Attr 11 /* Attribute (1) */ -#define DIR_NTres 12 /* NT flag (1) */ -#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth 13 /* Created time sub-second (1) */ -#define DIR_CrtTime 14 /* Created time (2) */ -#define DIR_CrtDate 16 /* Created date (2) */ -#define DIR_LstAccDate 18 /* Last accessed date (2) */ -#define DIR_FstClusHI 20 /* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */ -#define DIR_WrtTime 22 /* Modified time (2) */ -#define DIR_WrtDate 24 /* Modified date (2) */ -#define DIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */ -#define DIR_FileSize 28 /* File size (4) */ -#define LDIR_Ord 0 /* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */ -#define LDIR_Attr 11 /* LFN attribute (1) */ -#define LDIR_Type 12 /* LFN type (1) */ -#define LDIR_Chksum 13 /* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */ -#define LDIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Filled by zero (0) */ -#define SZ_DIR 32 /* Size of a directory entry */ -#define LLE 0x40 /* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */ -#define DDE 0xE5 /* Deleted directory entry mark in DIR_Name[0] */ -#define NDDE 0x05 /* Replacement of the character collides with DDE */ - - -/*------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Module private work area */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Note that uninitialized variables with static duration are -/ zeroed/nulled at start-up. If not, the compiler or start-up -/ routine is out of ANSI-C standard. -*/ - -#if _VOLUMES -static -FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES]; /* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */ -#else -#error Number of volumes must not be 0. -#endif - -static -WORD Fsid; /* File system mount ID */ - -#if _FS_RPATH -static -BYTE CurrVol; /* Current drive */ -#endif - -#if _FS_LOCK -static -FILESEM Files[_FS_LOCK]; /* File lock semaphores */ -#endif - -#if _USE_LFN == 0 /* No LFN feature */ -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12] -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) (dobj).fn = sfn -#define FREE_BUF() - -#elif _USE_LFN == 1 /* LFN feature with static working buffer */ -static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN+1]; -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12] -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; } -#define FREE_BUF() - -#elif _USE_LFN == 2 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */ -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN+1] -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; } -#define FREE_BUF() - -#elif _USE_LFN == 3 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */ -#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn -#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); \ - if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); \ - (dobj).lfn = lfn; (dobj).fn = sfn; } -#define FREE_BUF() ff_memfree(lfn) - -#else -#error Wrong LFN configuration. -#endif - - - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Module Private Functions - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* String functions */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Copy memory to memory */ -static -void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) { - BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst; - const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src; - -#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 - while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) { - *(int*)d = *(int*)s; - d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int); - cnt -= sizeof (int); - } -#endif - while (cnt--) - *d++ = *s++; -} - -/* Fill memory */ -static -void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) { - BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst; - - while (cnt--) - *d++ = (BYTE)val; -} - -/* Compare memory to memory */ -static -int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) { - const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src; - int r = 0; - - while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ; - return r; -} - -/* Check if chr is contained in the string */ -static -int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) { - while (*str && *str != chr) str++; - return *str; -} - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Request/Release grant to access the volume */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_REENTRANT - -static -int lock_fs ( - FATFS *fs /* File system object */ -) -{ - return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj); -} - - -static -void unlock_fs ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - FRESULT res /* Result code to be returned */ -) -{ - if (fs && - res != FR_NOT_ENABLED && - res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE && - res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT && - res != FR_TIMEOUT) { - ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj); - } -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* File lock control functions */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_LOCK - -static -FRESULT chk_lock ( /* Check if the file can be accessed */ - DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */ - int acc /* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */ -) -{ - UINT i, be; - - /* Search file semaphore table */ - for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { - if (Files[i].fs) { /* Existing entry */ - if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && /* Check if the file matched with an open file */ - Files[i].clu == dj->sclust && - Files[i].idx == dj->index) break; - } else { /* Blank entry */ - be++; - } - } - if (i == _FS_LOCK) /* The file is not opened */ - return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; /* Is there a blank entry for new file? */ - - /* The file has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */ - return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK; -} - - -static -int enq_lock (void) /* Check if an entry is available for a new file */ -{ - UINT i; - - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ; - return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1; -} - - -static -UINT inc_lock ( /* Increment file open counter and returns its index (0:int error) */ - DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */ - int acc /* Desired access mode (0:Read, !0:Write) */ -) -{ - UINT i; - - - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { /* Find the file */ - if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && - Files[i].clu == dj->sclust && - Files[i].idx == dj->index) break; - } - - if (i == _FS_LOCK) { /* Not opened. Register it as new. */ - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ; - if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0; /* No space to register (int err) */ - Files[i].fs = dj->fs; - Files[i].clu = dj->sclust; - Files[i].idx = dj->index; - Files[i].ctr = 0; - } - - if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0; /* Access violation (int err) */ - - Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1; /* Set semaphore value */ - - return i + 1; -} - - -static -FRESULT dec_lock ( /* Decrement file open counter */ - UINT i /* Semaphore index */ -) -{ - WORD n; - FRESULT res; - - - if (--i < _FS_LOCK) { - n = Files[i].ctr; - if (n == 0x100) n = 0; - if (n) n--; - Files[i].ctr = n; - if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0; - res = FR_OK; - } else { - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } - return res; -} - - -static -void clear_lock ( /* Clear lock entries of the volume */ - FATFS *fs -) -{ - UINT i; - - for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { - if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0; - } -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Change window offset */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT move_window ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD sector /* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[] */ -) /* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */ -{ - DWORD wsect; - - - wsect = fs->winsect; - if (wsect != sector) { /* Changed current window */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fs->wflag) { /* Write back dirty window if needed */ - if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - fs->wflag = 0; - if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->fsize)) { /* In FAT area */ - BYTE nf; - for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) { /* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */ - wsect += fs->fsize; - disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1); - } - } - } -#endif - if (sector) { - if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - fs->winsect = sector; - } - } - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Clean-up cached data */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -FRESULT sync ( /* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */ - FATFS *fs /* File system object */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - - - res = move_window(fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - /* Update FSInfo sector if needed */ - if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) { - fs->winsect = 0; - /* Create FSInfo structure */ - mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512); - ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust); - ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust); - /* Write it into the FSInfo sector */ - disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1); - fs->fsi_flag = 0; - } - /* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */ - if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK) - res = FR_DISK_ERR; - } - - return res; -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get sector# from cluster# */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -DWORD clust2sect ( /* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to be converted */ -) -{ - clst -= 2; - if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0; /* Invalid cluster# */ - return clst * fs->csize + fs->database; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - -DWORD get_fat ( /* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, Else:Cluster status */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to get the link information */ -) -{ - UINT wc, bc; - BYTE *p; - - - if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) /* Check range */ - return 1; - - switch (fs->fs_type) { - case FS_FAT12 : - bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2; - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break; - wc = fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; bc++; - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break; - wc |= fs->win[bc % SS(fs)] << 8; - return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF); - - case FS_FAT16 : - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)]; - return LD_WORD(p); - - case FS_FAT32 : - if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)]; - return LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF; - } - - return 0xFFFFFFFF; /* An error occurred at the disk I/O layer */ -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY - -FRESULT put_fat ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst, /* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->n_fatent - 1 */ - DWORD val /* New value to mark the cluster */ -) -{ - UINT bc; - BYTE *p; - FRESULT res; - - - if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */ - res = FR_INT_ERR; - - } else { - switch (fs->fs_type) { - case FS_FAT12 : - bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2; - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; - *p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val; - bc++; - fs->wflag = 1; - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; - *p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F)); - break; - - case FS_FAT16 : - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)]; - ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val); - break; - - case FS_FAT32 : - res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4))); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)]; - val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000; - ST_DWORD(p, val); - break; - - default : - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } - fs->wflag = 1; - } - - return res; -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -FRESULT remove_chain ( - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to remove a chain from */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD nxt; -#if _USE_ERASE - DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2]; -#endif - - if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */ - res = FR_INT_ERR; - - } else { - res = FR_OK; - while (clst < fs->n_fatent) { /* Not a last link? */ - nxt = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Get cluster status */ - if (nxt == 0) break; /* Empty cluster? */ - if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } /* Internal error? */ - if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } /* Disk error? */ - res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0); /* Mark the cluster "empty" */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { /* Update FSInfo */ - fs->free_clust++; - fs->fsi_flag = 1; - } -#if _USE_ERASE - if (ecl + 1 == nxt) { /* Is next cluster contiguous? */ - ecl = nxt; - } else { /* End of contiguous clusters */ - rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl); /* Start sector */ - rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1; /* End sector */ - disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, rt); /* Erase the block */ - scl = ecl = nxt; - } -#endif - clst = nxt; /* Next cluster */ - } - } - - return res; -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -DWORD create_chain ( /* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD clst /* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */ -) -{ - DWORD cs, ncl, scl; - FRESULT res; - - - if (clst == 0) { /* Create a new chain */ - scl = fs->last_clust; /* Get suggested start point */ - if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1; - } - else { /* Stretch the current chain */ - cs = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Check the cluster status */ - if (cs < 2) return 1; /* It is an invalid cluster */ - if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs; /* It is already followed by next cluster */ - scl = clst; - } - - ncl = scl; /* Start cluster */ - for (;;) { - ncl++; /* Next cluster */ - if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Wrap around */ - ncl = 2; - if (ncl > scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */ - } - cs = get_fat(fs, ncl); /* Get the cluster status */ - if (cs == 0) break; /* Found a free cluster */ - if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */ - return cs; - if (ncl == scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */ - } - - res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Mark the new cluster "last link" */ - if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) { - res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl); /* Link it to the previous one if needed */ - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - fs->last_clust = ncl; /* Update FSINFO */ - if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { - fs->free_clust--; - fs->fsi_flag = 1; - } - } else { - ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1; - } - - return ncl; /* Return new cluster number or error code */ -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if _USE_FASTSEEK -static -DWORD clmt_clust ( /* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */ - FIL* fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - DWORD ofs /* File offset to be converted to cluster# */ -) -{ - DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl; - - - tbl = fp->cltbl + 1; /* Top of CLMT */ - cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize; /* Cluster order from top of the file */ - for (;;) { - ncl = *tbl++; /* Number of cluters in the fragment */ - if (!ncl) return 0; /* End of table? (error) */ - if (cl < ncl) break; /* In this fragment? */ - cl -= ncl; tbl++; /* Next fragment */ - } - return cl + *tbl; /* Return the cluster number */ -} -#endif /* _USE_FASTSEEK */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Set directory index */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT dir_sdi ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */ - WORD idx /* Index of directory table */ -) -{ - DWORD clst; - WORD ic; - - - dj->index = idx; - clst = dj->sclust; - if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Check start cluster range */ - return FR_INT_ERR; - if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) /* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */ - clst = dj->fs->dirbase; - - if (clst == 0) { /* Static table (root-dir in FAT12/16) */ - dj->clust = clst; - if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Index is out of range */ - return FR_INT_ERR; - dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */ - } - else { /* Dynamic table (sub-dirs or root-dir in FAT32) */ - ic = SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR * dj->fs->csize; /* Entries per cluster */ - while (idx >= ic) { /* Follow cluster chain */ - clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst); /* Get next cluster */ - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Disk error */ - if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Reached to end of table or int error */ - return FR_INT_ERR; - idx -= ic; - } - dj->clust = clst; - dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */ - } - - dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; /* Ptr to the entry in the sector */ - - return FR_OK; /* Seek succeeded */ -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT dir_next ( /* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not stretch */ - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */ - int stretch /* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */ -) -{ - DWORD clst; - WORD i; - - - stretch = stretch; /* To suppress warning on read-only cfg. */ - i = dj->index + 1; - if (!i || !dj->sect) /* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */ - return FR_NO_FILE; - - if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR))) { /* Sector changed? */ - dj->sect++; /* Next sector */ - - if (dj->clust == 0) { /* Static table */ - if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Report EOT when end of table */ - return FR_NO_FILE; - } - else { /* Dynamic table */ - if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) { /* Cluster changed? */ - clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Get next cluster */ - if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR; - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) { /* When it reached end of dynamic table */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - BYTE c; - if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE; /* When do not stretch, report EOT */ - clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Stretch cluster chain */ - if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED; /* No free cluster */ - if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR; - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; - /* Clean-up stretched table */ - if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Flush active window */ - mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs)); /* Clear window buffer */ - dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); /* Cluster start sector */ - for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) { /* Fill the new cluster with 0 */ - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; - dj->fs->winsect++; - } - dj->fs->winsect -= c; /* Rewind window address */ -#else - return FR_NO_FILE; /* Report EOT */ -#endif - } - dj->clust = clst; /* Initialize data for new cluster */ - dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); - } - } - } - - dj->index = i; - dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -DWORD ld_clust ( - FATFS *fs, /* Pointer to the fs object */ - BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */ -) -{ - DWORD cl; - - cl = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO); - if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) - cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16; - - return cl; -} - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -void st_clust ( - BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */ - DWORD cl /* Value to be set */ -) -{ - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, cl); - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16); -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_LFN -static -const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30}; /* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */ - - -static -int cmp_lfn ( /* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */ - WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */ - BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */ -) -{ - UINT i, s; - WCHAR wc, uc; - - - i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLE) - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */ - s = 0; wc = 1; - do { - uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */ - if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */ - wc = ff_wtoupper(uc); /* Convert it to upper case */ - if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++])) /* Compare it */ - return 0; /* Not matched */ - } else { - if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */ - } - } while (++s < 13); /* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */ - - if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) && wc && lfnbuf[i]) /* Last segment matched but different length */ - return 0; - - return 1; /* The part of LFN matched */ -} - - - -static -int pick_lfn ( /* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */ - WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */ - BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */ -) -{ - UINT i, s; - WCHAR wc, uc; - - - i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13; /* Offset in the LFN buffer */ - - s = 0; wc = 1; - do { - uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */ - if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */ - if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */ - lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc; /* Store it */ - } else { - if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */ - } - } while (++s < 13); /* Read all character in the entry */ - - if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) { /* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */ - if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */ - lfnbuf[i] = 0; - } - - return 1; -} - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -void fit_lfn ( - const WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */ - BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */ - BYTE ord, /* LFN order (1-20) */ - BYTE sum /* SFN sum */ -) -{ - UINT i, s; - WCHAR wc; - - - dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum; /* Set check sum */ - dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN; /* Set attribute. LFN entry */ - dir[LDIR_Type] = 0; - ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0); - - i = (ord - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */ - s = wc = 0; - do { - if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++]; /* Get an effective char */ - ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc); /* Put it */ - if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF; /* Padding chars following last char */ - } while (++s < 13); - if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLE; /* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */ - dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord; /* Set the LFN order */ -} - -#endif -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create numbered name */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_LFN -void gen_numname ( - BYTE *dst, /* Pointer to generated SFN */ - const BYTE *src, /* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */ - const WCHAR *lfn, /* Pointer to LFN */ - WORD seq /* Sequence number */ -) -{ - BYTE ns[8], c; - UINT i, j; - - - mem_cpy(dst, src, 11); - - if (seq > 5) { /* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */ - do seq = (seq >> 1) + (seq << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn); - } - - /* itoa (hexdecimal) */ - i = 7; - do { - c = (seq % 16) + '0'; - if (c > '9') c += 7; - ns[i--] = c; - seq /= 16; - } while (seq); - ns[i] = '~'; - - /* Append the number */ - for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) { - if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) { - if (j == i - 1) break; - j++; - } - } - do { - dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' '; - } while (j < 8); -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Calculate sum of an SFN */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_LFN -static -BYTE sum_sfn ( - const BYTE *dir /* Ptr to directory entry */ -) -{ - BYTE sum = 0; - UINT n = 11; - - do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n); - return sum; -} -#endif - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT dir_find ( - DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE c, *dir; -#if _USE_LFN - BYTE a, ord, sum; -#endif - - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind directory object */ - if (res != FR_OK) return res; - -#if _USE_LFN - ord = sum = 0xFF; -#endif - do { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */ - c = dir[DIR_Name]; - if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */ -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; - if (c == DDE || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */ - ord = 0xFF; - } else { - if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */ - if (dj->lfn) { - if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */ - sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum]; - c &= ~LLE; ord = c; /* LFN start order */ - dj->lfn_idx = dj->index; - } - /* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */ - ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF; - } - } else { /* An SFN entry is found */ - if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break; /* LFN matched? */ - ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* Reset LFN sequence */ - if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break; /* SFN matched? */ - } - } -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ - break; -#endif - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - - return res; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read an object from the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 -static -FRESULT dir_read ( - DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE c, *dir; -#if _USE_LFN - BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF; -#endif - - res = FR_NO_FILE; - while (dj->sect) { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */ - c = dir[DIR_Name]; - if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */ -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; - if (c == DDE || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */ - ord = 0xFF; - } else { - if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */ - if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */ - sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum]; - c &= ~LLE; ord = c; - dj->lfn_idx = dj->index; - } - /* Check LFN validity and capture it */ - ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF; - } else { /* An SFN entry is found */ - if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir)) /* Is there a valid LFN? */ - dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* It has no LFN. */ - break; - } - } -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - if (c != DDE && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ - break; -#endif - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - } - - if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0; - - return res; -} -#endif - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Register an object to the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY -static -FRESULT dir_register ( /* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */ - DIR *dj /* Target directory with object name to be created */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE c, *dir; -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - WORD n, ne, is; - BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum; - WCHAR *lfn; - - - fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn; - mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12); - - if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT)) /* Cannot create dot entry */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - - if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) { /* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */ - fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = 0; /* Find only SFN */ - for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) { - gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n); /* Generate a numbered name */ - res = dir_find(dj); /* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - } - if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED; /* Abort if too many collisions */ - if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res; /* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */ - fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn; - } - - if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) { /* When LFN is to be created, reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */ - for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ; - ne = (ne + 25) / 13; - } else { /* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */ - ne = 1; - } - - /* Reserve contiguous entries */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); - if (res != FR_OK) return res; - n = is = 0; - do { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - c = *dj->dir; /* Check the entry status */ - if (c == DDE || c == 0) { /* Is it a blank entry? */ - if (n == 0) is = dj->index; /* First index of the contiguous entry */ - if (++n == ne) break; /* A contiguous entry that required count is found */ - } else { - n = 0; /* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */ - } - res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - - if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) { /* Initialize LFN entry if needed */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, is); - if (res == FR_OK) { - sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn); /* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */ - ne--; - do { /* Store LFN entries in bottom first */ - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum); - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - } while (res == FR_OK && --ne); - } - } - -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - do { /* Find a blank entry for the SFN */ - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - c = *dj->dir; - if (c == DDE || c == 0) break; /* Is it a blank entry? */ - res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - } -#endif - - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the SFN entry */ - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = dj->dir; - mem_set(dir, 0, SZ_DIR); /* Clean the entry */ - mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11); /* Put SFN */ -#if _USE_LFN - dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT); /* Put NT flag */ -#endif - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - } - } - - return res; -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Remove an object from the directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE -static -FRESULT dir_remove ( /* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */ - DIR *dj /* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - WORD i; - - i = dj->index; /* SFN index */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx)); /* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - do { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */ - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - if (dj->index >= i) break; /* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */ - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ - } while (res == FR_OK); - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR; - } - -#else /* Non LFN configuration */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, dj->index); - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); - if (res == FR_OK) { - *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */ - dj->fs->wflag = 1; - } - } -#endif - - return res; -} -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT create_name ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */ - const TCHAR **path /* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */ -) -{ -#ifdef _EXCVT - static const BYTE excvt[] = _EXCVT; /* Upper conversion table for extended chars */ -#endif - -#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ - BYTE b, cf; - WCHAR w, *lfn; - UINT i, ni, si, di; - const TCHAR *p; - - /* Create LFN in Unicode */ - for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */ - lfn = dj->lfn; - si = di = 0; - for (;;) { - w = p[si++]; /* Get a character */ - if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */ - if (di >= _MAX_LFN) /* Reject too long name */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; -#if !_LFN_UNICODE - w &= 0xFF; - if (IsDBCS1(w)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - b = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */ - if (!IsDBCS2(b)) - return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid sequence */ - w = (w << 8) + b; /* Create a DBC */ - } - w = ff_convert(w, 1); /* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */ - if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid code */ -#endif - if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - lfn[di++] = w; /* Store the Unicode char */ - } - *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ - cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ -#if _FS_RPATH - if ((di == 1 && lfn[di-1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */ - (di == 2 && lfn[di-1] == '.' && lfn[di-2] == '.')) { - lfn[di] = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 11; i++) - dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' '; - dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT; /* This is a dot entry */ - return FR_OK; - } -#endif - while (di) { /* Strip trailing spaces and dots */ - w = lfn[di-1]; - if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break; - di--; - } - if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */ - - lfn[di] = 0; /* LFN is created */ - - /* Create SFN in directory form */ - mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11); - for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ; /* Strip leading spaces and dots */ - if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; - while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--; /* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */ - - b = i = 0; ni = 8; - for (;;) { - w = lfn[si++]; /* Get an LFN char */ - if (!w) break; /* Break on end of the LFN */ - if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) { /* Remove spaces and dots */ - cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue; - } - - if (i >= ni || si == di) { /* Extension or end of SFN */ - if (ni == 11) { /* Long extension */ - cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break; - } - if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; /* Out of 8.3 format */ - if (si > di) break; /* No extension */ - si = di; i = 8; ni = 11; /* Enter extension section */ - b <<= 2; continue; - } - - if (w >= 0x80) { /* Non ASCII char */ -#ifdef _EXCVT - w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM code */ - if (w) w = excvt[w - 0x80]; /* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */ -#else - w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0); /* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */ -#endif - cf |= NS_LFN; /* Force create LFN entry */ - } - - if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) { /* Double byte char (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - if (i >= ni - 1) { - cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue; - } - dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8); - } else { /* Single byte char */ - if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) { /* Replace illegal chars for SFN */ - w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */ - } else { - if (IsUpper(w)) { /* ASCII large capital */ - b |= 2; - } else { - if (IsLower(w)) { /* ASCII small capital */ - b |= 1; w -= 0x20; - } - } - } - } - dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w; - } - - if (dj->fn[0] == DDE) dj->fn[0] = NDDE; /* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */ - - if (ni == 8) b <<= 2; - if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03) /* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */ - cf |= NS_LFN; - if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) { /* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */ - if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */ - if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */ - } - - dj->fn[NS] = cf; /* SFN is created */ - - return FR_OK; - - -#else /* Non-LFN configuration */ - BYTE b, c, d, *sfn; - UINT ni, si, i; - const char *p; - - /* Create file name in directory form */ - for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */ - sfn = dj->fn; - mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11); - si = i = b = 0; ni = 8; -#if _FS_RPATH - if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */ - for (;;) { - c = (BYTE)p[si++]; - if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break; - sfn[i++] = c; - } - if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME; - *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ - sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ - return FR_OK; - } -#endif - for (;;) { - c = (BYTE)p[si++]; - if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */ - if (c == '.' || i >= ni) { - if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME; - i = 8; ni = 11; - b <<= 2; continue; - } - if (c >= 0x80) { /* Extended char? */ - b |= 3; /* Eliminate NT flag */ -#ifdef _EXCVT - c = excvt[c - 0x80]; /* Upper conversion (SBCS) */ -#else -#if !_DF1S /* ASCII only cfg */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; -#endif -#endif - } - if (IsDBCS1(c)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - d = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */ - if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1) /* Reject invalid DBC */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - sfn[i++] = c; - sfn[i++] = d; - } else { /* Single byte code */ - if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c)) /* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */ - return FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (IsUpper(c)) { /* ASCII large capital? */ - b |= 2; - } else { - if (IsLower(c)) { /* ASCII small capital? */ - b |= 1; c -= 0x20; - } - } - sfn[i++] = c; - } - } - *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ - c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ - - if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */ - if (sfn[0] == DDE) sfn[0] = NDDE; /* When first char collides with DDE, replace it with 0x05 */ - - if (ni == 8) b <<= 2; - if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */ - if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */ - - sfn[NS] = c; /* Store NT flag, File name is created */ - - return FR_OK; -#endif -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get file information from directory entry */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 -static -void get_fileinfo ( /* No return code */ - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */ - FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the file information to be filled */ -) -{ - UINT i; - BYTE nt, *dir; - TCHAR *p, c; - - - p = fno->fname; - if (dj->sect) { - dir = dj->dir; - nt = dir[DIR_NTres]; /* NT flag */ - for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { /* Copy name body */ - c = dir[i]; - if (c == ' ') break; - if (c == NDDE) c = (TCHAR)DDE; - if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20; -#if _LFN_UNICODE - if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 7 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1])) - c = (c << 8) | dir[++i]; - c = ff_convert(c, 1); - if (!c) c = '?'; -#endif - *p++ = c; - } - if (dir[8] != ' ') { /* Copy name extension */ - *p++ = '.'; - for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) { - c = dir[i]; - if (c == ' ') break; - if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20; -#if _LFN_UNICODE - if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 10 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1])) - c = (c << 8) | dir[++i]; - c = ff_convert(c, 1); - if (!c) c = '?'; -#endif - *p++ = c; - } - } - fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr]; /* Attribute */ - fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* Size */ - fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate); /* Date */ - fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime); /* Time */ - } - *p = 0; /* Terminate SFN str by a \0 */ - -#if _USE_LFN - if (fno->lfname && fno->lfsize) { - TCHAR *tp = fno->lfname; - WCHAR w, *lfn; - - i = 0; - if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */ - lfn = dj->lfn; - while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) { /* Get an LFN char */ -#if !_LFN_UNICODE - w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM conversion */ - if (!w) { i = 0; break; } /* Could not convert, no LFN */ - if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) /* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */ - tp[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8); -#endif - if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; } /* Buffer overflow, no LFN */ - tp[i++] = (TCHAR)w; - } - } - tp[i] = 0; /* Terminate the LFN str by a \0 */ - } -#endif -} -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Follow a file path */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT follow_path ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */ - DIR *dj, /* Directory object to return last directory and found object */ - const TCHAR *path /* Full-path string to find a file or directory */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - BYTE *dir, ns; - - -#if _FS_RPATH - if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */ - path++; dj->sclust = 0; /* Strip it and start from the root dir */ - } else { /* No heading separator */ - dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir; /* Start from the current dir */ - } -#else - if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') /* Strip heading separator if exist */ - path++; - dj->sclust = 0; /* Start from the root dir */ -#endif - - if ((UINT)*path < ' ') { /* Nul path means the start directory itself */ - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); - dj->dir = 0; - } else { /* Follow path */ - for (;;) { - res = create_name(dj, &path); /* Get a segment */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - res = dir_find(dj); /* Find it */ - ns = *(dj->fn+NS); - if (res != FR_OK) { /* Failed to find the object */ - if (res != FR_NO_FILE) break; /* Abort if any hard error occurred */ - /* Object not found */ - if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) { /* If dot entry is not exit */ - dj->sclust = 0; dj->dir = 0; /* It is the root dir */ - res = FR_OK; - if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue; - } else { /* Could not find the object */ - if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH; - } - break; - } - if (ns & NS_LAST) break; /* Last segment match. Function completed. */ - dir = dj->dir; /* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */ - if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */ - res = FR_NO_PATH; break; - } - dj->sclust = ld_clust(dj->fs, dir); - } - } - - return res; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT Volume Boot Record */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -BYTE check_fs ( /* 0:FAT-VBR, 1:Any BR but not FAT, 2:Not a BR, 3:Disk error */ - FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ - DWORD sect /* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */ -) -{ - if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load boot record */ - return 3; - if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55) /* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */ - return 2; - - if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) /* Check "FAT" string */ - return 0; - if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) - return 0; - - return 1; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Check if the file system object is valid or not */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT chk_mounted ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */ - const TCHAR **path, /* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */ - FATFS **rfs, /* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */ - BYTE wmode /* !=0: Check write protection for write access */ -) -{ - BYTE fmt, b, pi, *tbl; - UINT vol; - DSTATUS stat; - DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat; - WORD nrsv; - const TCHAR *p = *path; - FATFS *fs; - - - /* Get logical drive number from the path name */ - vol = p[0] - '0'; /* Is there a drive number? */ - if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') { /* Found a drive number, get and strip it */ - p += 2; *path = p; /* Return pointer to the path name */ - } else { /* No drive number is given */ -#if _FS_RPATH - vol = CurrVol; /* Use current drive */ -#else - vol = 0; /* Use drive 0 */ -#endif - } - - /* Check if the file system object is valid or not */ - *rfs = 0; - if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Is the drive number valid? */ - return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - fs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get corresponding file system object */ - if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Is the file system object available? */ - - ENTER_FF(fs); /* Lock file system */ - - *rfs = fs; /* Return pointer to the corresponding file system object */ - if (fs->fs_type) { /* If the volume has been mounted */ - stat = disk_status(fs->drv); - if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) { /* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */ - if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check write protection if needed */ - return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; - return FR_OK; /* The file system object is valid */ - } - } - - /* The file system object is not valid. */ - /* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */ - - fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear the file system object */ - fs->drv = LD2PD(vol); /* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */ - stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv); /* Initialize the physical drive */ - if (stat & STA_NOINIT) /* Check if the initialization succeeded */ - return FR_NOT_READY; /* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */ - if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check disk write protection if needed */ - return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; -#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size (variable sector size cfg only) */ - if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &fs->ssize) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; -#endif - /* Search FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitions, FDISK and SFD. */ - fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0); /* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT-VBR (in SFD) */ - if (LD2PT(vol) && !fmt) fmt = 1; /* Force non-SFD if the volume is forced partition */ - if (fmt == 1) { /* Not an FAT-VBR, the physical drive can be partitioned */ - /* Check the partition listed in the partition table */ - pi = LD2PT(vol); - if (pi) pi--; - tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + pi * SZ_PTE];/* Partition table */ - if (tbl[4]) { /* Is the partition existing? */ - bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]); /* Partition offset in LBA */ - fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect); /* Check the partition */ - } - } - if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* No FAT volume is found */ - - /* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */ - - if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs)) /* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */ - return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; - - fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ - if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32); - fs->fsize = fasize; - - fs->n_fats = b = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs]; /* Number of FAT copies */ - if (b != 1 && b != 2) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be 1 or 2) */ - fasize *= b; /* Number of sectors for FAT area */ - - fs->csize = b = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus]; /* Number of sectors per cluster */ - if (!b || (b & (b - 1))) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be power of 2) */ - - fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt); /* Number of root directory entries */ - if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR)) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be sector aligned) */ - - tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16); /* Number of sectors on the volume */ - if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32); - - nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt); /* Number of reserved sectors */ - if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RsvdSecCnt must not be 0) */ - - /* Determine the FAT sub type */ - sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR); /* RSV+FAT+DIR */ - if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */ - nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize; /* Number of clusters */ - if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */ - fmt = FS_FAT12; - if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16; - if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32; - - /* Boundaries and Limits */ - fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2; /* Number of FAT entries */ - fs->database = bsect + sysect; /* Data start sector */ - fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv; /* FAT start sector */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */ - fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus); /* Root directory start cluster */ - szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4; /* (Required FAT size) */ - } else { - if (!fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */ - fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize; /* Root directory start sector */ - szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ? /* (Required FAT size) */ - fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1); - } - if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs)) /* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than required) */ - return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; - -#if !_FS_READONLY - /* Initialize cluster allocation information */ - fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF; - fs->last_clust = 0; - - /* Get fsinfo if available */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - fs->fsi_flag = 0; - fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo); - if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK && - LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 && - LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 && - LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) { - fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free); - fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count); - } - } -#endif - fs->fs_type = fmt; /* FAT sub-type */ - fs->id = ++Fsid; /* File system mount ID */ - fs->winsect = 0; /* Invalidate sector cache */ - fs->wflag = 0; -#if _FS_RPATH - fs->cdir = 0; /* Current directory (root dir) */ -#endif -#if _FS_LOCK /* Clear file lock semaphores */ - clear_lock(fs); -#endif - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -static -FRESULT validate ( /* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */ - void* obj /* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */ -) -{ - FIL *fil; - - - fil = (FIL*)obj; /* Assuming offset of fs and id in the FIL/DIR is identical */ - if (!fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id) - return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - ENTER_FF(fil->fs); /* Lock file system */ - - if (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT) - return FR_NOT_READY; - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - Public Functions - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_mount ( - BYTE vol, /* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */ - FATFS *fs /* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/ -) -{ - FATFS *rfs; - - - if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Check if the drive number is valid */ - return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - rfs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get current fs object */ - - if (rfs) { -#if _FS_LOCK - clear_lock(rfs); -#endif -#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Discard sync object of the current volume */ - if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR; -#endif - rfs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear old fs object */ - } - - if (fs) { - fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear new fs object */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Create sync object for the new volume */ - if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR; -#endif - } - FatFs[vol] = fs; /* Register new fs object */ - - return FR_OK; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Open or Create a File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_open ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the blank file object */ - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file name */ - BYTE mode /* Access mode and file open mode flags */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - fp->fs = 0; /* Clear file object */ - -#if !_FS_READONLY - mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW; - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ)); -#else - mode &= FA_READ; - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - dir = dj.dir; -#if !_FS_READONLY /* R/W configuration */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (!dir) /* Current dir itself */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; -#if _FS_LOCK - else - res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0); -#endif - } - /* Create or Open a file */ - if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) { - DWORD dw, cl; - - if (res != FR_OK) { /* No file, create new */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) /* There is no file to open, create a new entry */ -#if _FS_LOCK - res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; -#else - res = dir_register(&dj); -#endif - mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS; /* File is created */ - dir = dj.dir; /* New entry */ - } - else { /* Any object is already existing */ - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */ - res = FR_DENIED; - } else { - if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW) /* Cannot create as new file */ - res = FR_EXIST; - } - } - if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) { /* Truncate it if overwrite mode */ - dw = get_fattime(); /* Created time */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, dw); - dir[DIR_Attr] = 0; /* Reset attribute */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0); /* size = 0 */ - cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* Get start cluster */ - st_clust(dir, 0); /* cluster = 0 */ - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - if (cl) { /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */ - dw = dj.fs->winsect; - res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl); - if (res == FR_OK) { - dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1; /* Reuse the cluster hole */ - res = move_window(dj.fs, dw); - } - } - } - } - else { /* Open an existing file */ - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */ - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* It is a directory */ - res = FR_NO_FILE; - } else { - if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */ - res = FR_DENIED; - } - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS) /* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */ - mode |= FA__WRITTEN; - fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect; /* Pointer to the directory entry */ - fp->dir_ptr = dir; -#if _FS_LOCK - fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0); - if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR; -#endif - } - -#else /* R/O configuration */ - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */ - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { /* Current dir itself */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } else { - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* It is a directory */ - res = FR_NO_FILE; - } - } -#endif - FREE_BUF(); - - if (res == FR_OK) { - fp->flag = mode; /* File access mode */ - fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* File start cluster */ - fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* File size */ - fp->fptr = 0; /* File pointer */ - fp->dsect = 0; -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - fp->cltbl = 0; /* Normal seek mode */ -#endif - fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id; /* Validate file object */ - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_read ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - void *buff, /* Pointer to data buffer */ - UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to read */ - UINT *br /* Pointer to number of bytes read */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD clst, sect, remain; - UINT rcnt, cc; - BYTE csect, *rbuff = buff; - - - *br = 0; /* Clear read byte counter */ - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); - remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr; - if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ - - for ( ; btr; /* Repeat until all data read */ - rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { - if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ - csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ - if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ - if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */ - clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */ - } else { /* Middle or end of the file */ -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - if (fp->cltbl) - clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */ - else -#endif - clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */ - } - if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ - } - sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */ - if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - sect += csect; - cc = btr / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */ - if (cc) { /* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */ - if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */ - cc = fp->fs->csize - csect; - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 /* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */ -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) - mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs)); -#else - if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc) - mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs)); -#endif -#endif - rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */ - continue; - } -#if !_FS_TINY - if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Load data sector if not in cache */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - } -#endif - fp->dsect = sect; - } - rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */ - if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; -#if _FS_TINY - if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */ -#else - mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */ -#endif - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); -} - - - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Write File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_write ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - const void *buff, /* Pointer to the data to be written */ - UINT btw, /* Number of bytes to write */ - UINT *bw /* Pointer to number of bytes written */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD clst, sect; - UINT wcnt, cc; - const BYTE *wbuff = buff; - BYTE csect; - - - *bw = 0; /* Clear write byte counter */ - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); - if ((DWORD)(fp->fsize + btw) < fp->fsize) btw = 0; /* File size cannot reach 4GB */ - - for ( ; btw; /* Repeat until all data written */ - wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) { - if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ - csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ - if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ - if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */ - clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */ - if (clst == 0) /* When no cluster is allocated, */ - fp->sclust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); /* Create a new cluster chain */ - } else { /* Middle or end of the file */ -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - if (fp->cltbl) - clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */ - else -#endif - clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */ - } - if (clst == 0) break; /* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */ - if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ - } -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0)) /* Write-back sector cache */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#else - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */ - if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - sect += csect; - cc = btw / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */ - if (cc) { /* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */ - if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */ - cc = fp->fs->csize - csect; - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */ - mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs)); - fp->fs->wflag = 0; - } -#else - if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */ - mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs)); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */ - continue; - } -#if _FS_TINY - if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) { /* Avoid silly cache filling at growing edge */ - if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->fs->winsect = sect; - } -#else - if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Fill sector cache with file data */ - if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize && - disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - } -#endif - fp->dsect = sect; - } - wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */ - if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw; -#if _FS_TINY - if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */ - fp->fs->wflag = 1; -#else - mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */ - fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY; -#endif - } - - if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Update file size if needed */ - fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; /* Set file change flag */ - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Synchronize the File Object */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_sync ( - FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD tim; - BYTE *dir; - - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) { /* Has the file been written? */ -#if !_FS_TINY /* Write-back dirty buffer */ - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - /* Update the directory entry */ - res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect); - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = fp->dir_ptr; - dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC; /* Set archive bit */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize); /* Update file size */ - st_clust(dir, fp->sclust); /* Update start cluster */ - tim = get_fattime(); /* Update updated time */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_LstAccDate, 0); - fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN; - fp->fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(fp->fs); - } - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); -} - -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Close File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_close ( - FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object to be closed */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - - -#if _FS_READONLY - res = validate(fp); - { -#if _FS_REENTRANT - FATFS *fs = fp->fs; -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */ - LEAVE_FF(fs, res); - } -#else - res = f_sync(fp); /* Flush cached data */ -#if _FS_LOCK - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Decrement open counter */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT - FATFS *fs = fp->fs;; - res = validate(fp); - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dec_lock(fp->lockid); - unlock_fs(fs, FR_OK); - } -#else - res = dec_lock(fp->lockid); -#endif - } -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */ - return res; -#endif -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Current Drive/Directory Handlings */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#if _FS_RPATH >= 1 - -FRESULT f_chdrive ( - BYTE drv /* Drive number */ -) -{ - if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - - CurrVol = drv; - - return FR_OK; -} - - - -FRESULT f_chdir ( - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the path */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ - if (!dj.dir) { - dj.fs->cdir = dj.sclust; /* Start directory itself */ - } else { - if (dj.dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* Reached to the directory */ - dj.fs->cdir = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); - else - res = FR_NO_PATH; /* Reached but a file */ - } - } - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - -#if _FS_RPATH >= 2 -FRESULT f_getcwd ( - TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the directory path */ - UINT sz_path /* Size of path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - UINT i, n; - DWORD ccl; - TCHAR *tp; - FILINFO fno; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - *path = 0; - res = chk_mounted((const TCHAR**)&path, &dj.fs, 0); /* Get current volume */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - i = sz_path; /* Bottom of buffer (dir stack base) */ - dj.sclust = dj.fs->cdir; /* Start to follow upper dir from current dir */ - while ((ccl = dj.sclust) != 0) { /* Repeat while current dir is a sub-dir */ - res = dir_sdi(&dj, 1); /* Get parent dir */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; - res = dir_read(&dj); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - dj.sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); /* Goto parent dir */ - res = dir_sdi(&dj, 0); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - do { /* Find the entry links to the child dir */ - res = dir_read(&dj); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - if (ccl == ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir)) break; /* Found the entry */ - res = dir_next(&dj, 0); - } while (res == FR_OK); - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;/* It cannot be 'not found'. */ - if (res != FR_OK) break; -#if _USE_LFN - fno.lfname = path; - fno.lfsize = i; -#endif - get_fileinfo(&dj, &fno); /* Get the dir name and push it to the buffer */ - tp = fno.fname; - if (_USE_LFN && *path) tp = path; - for (n = 0; tp[n]; n++) ; - if (i < n + 3) { - res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; break; - } - while (n) path[--i] = tp[--n]; - path[--i] = '/'; - } - tp = path; - if (res == FR_OK) { - *tp++ = '0' + CurrVol; /* Put drive number */ - *tp++ = ':'; - if (i == sz_path) { /* Root-dir */ - *tp++ = '/'; - } else { /* Sub-dir */ - do /* Add stacked path str */ - *tp++ = path[i++]; - while (i < sz_path); - } - } - *tp = 0; - FREE_BUF(); - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} -#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 2 */ -#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 1 */ - - - -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Seek File R/W Pointer */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_lseek ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - DWORD ofs /* File pointer from top of file */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check abort flag */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - if (fp->cltbl) { /* Fast seek */ - DWORD cl, pcl, ncl, tcl, dsc, tlen, ulen, *tbl; - - if (ofs == CREATE_LINKMAP) { /* Create CLMT */ - tbl = fp->cltbl; - tlen = *tbl++; ulen = 2; /* Given table size and required table size */ - cl = fp->sclust; /* Top of the chain */ - if (cl) { - do { - /* Get a fragment */ - tcl = cl; ncl = 0; ulen += 2; /* Top, length and used items */ - do { - pcl = cl; ncl++; - cl = get_fat(fp->fs, cl); - if (cl <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (cl == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - } while (cl == pcl + 1); - if (ulen <= tlen) { /* Store the length and top of the fragment */ - *tbl++ = ncl; *tbl++ = tcl; - } - } while (cl < fp->fs->n_fatent); /* Repeat until end of chain */ - } - *fp->cltbl = ulen; /* Number of items used */ - if (ulen <= tlen) - *tbl = 0; /* Terminate table */ - else - res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; /* Given table size is smaller than required */ - - } else { /* Fast seek */ - if (ofs > fp->fsize) /* Clip offset at the file size */ - ofs = fp->fsize; - fp->fptr = ofs; /* Set file pointer */ - if (ofs) { - fp->clust = clmt_clust(fp, ofs - 1); - dsc = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); - if (!dsc) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - dsc += (ofs - 1) / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1); - if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && dsc != fp->dsect) { /* Refill sector cache if needed */ -#if !_FS_TINY -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, dsc, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load current sector */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#endif - fp->dsect = dsc; - } - } - } - } else -#endif - - /* Normal Seek */ - { - DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr; - - if (ofs > fp->fsize /* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE) -#endif - ) ofs = fp->fsize; - - ifptr = fp->fptr; - fp->fptr = nsect = 0; - if (ofs) { - bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs); /* Cluster size (byte) */ - if (ifptr > 0 && - (ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) { /* When seek to same or following cluster, */ - fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1); /* start from the current cluster */ - ofs -= fp->fptr; - clst = fp->clust; - } else { /* When seek to back cluster, */ - clst = fp->sclust; /* start from the first cluster */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (clst == 0) { /* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */ - clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); - if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->sclust = clst; - } -#endif - fp->clust = clst; - } - if (clst != 0) { - while (ofs > bcs) { /* Cluster following loop */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) { /* Check if in write mode or not */ - clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst); /* Force stretch if in write mode */ - if (clst == 0) { /* When disk gets full, clip file size */ - ofs = bcs; break; - } - } else -#endif - clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst); /* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */ - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->n_fatent) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; - fp->fptr += bcs; - ofs -= bcs; - } - fp->fptr += ofs; - if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) { - nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst); /* Current sector */ - if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - nsect += ofs / SS(fp->fs); - } - } - } - if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) { /* Fill sector cache if needed */ -#if !_FS_TINY -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ - if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; - } -#endif - if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); -#endif - fp->dsect = nsect; - } -#if !_FS_READONLY - if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) { /* Set file change flag if the file size is extended */ - fp->fsize = fp->fptr; - fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; - } -#endif - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); -} - - - -#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create a Directory Object */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_opendir ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object to create */ - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - FATFS *fs; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - if (!dj) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0); - fs = dj->fs; - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(*dj); - res = follow_path(dj, path); /* Follow the path to the directory */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ - if (dj->dir) { /* It is not the root dir */ - if (dj->dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* The object is a directory */ - dj->sclust = ld_clust(fs, dj->dir); - } else { /* The object is not a directory */ - res = FR_NO_PATH; - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - dj->id = fs->id; - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind dir */ - } - } - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; - if (res != FR_OK) dj->fs = 0; /* Invalidate the dir object if function failed */ - } else { - dj->fs = 0; - } - - LEAVE_FF(fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Read Directory Entry in Sequence */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_readdir ( - DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the open directory object */ - FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = validate(dj); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (!fno) { - res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind the directory object */ - } else { - INIT_BUF(*dj); - res = dir_read(dj); /* Read an directory item */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Reached end of dir */ - dj->sect = 0; - res = FR_OK; - } - if (res == FR_OK) { /* A valid entry is found */ - get_fileinfo(dj, fno); /* Get the object information */ - res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Increment index for next */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { - dj->sect = 0; - res = FR_OK; - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res); -} - - - -#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get File Status */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_stat ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */ - FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ - if (dj.dir) /* Found an object */ - get_fileinfo(&dj, fno); - else /* It is root dir */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get Number of Free Clusters */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_getfree ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */ - DWORD *nclst, /* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */ - FATFS **fatfs /* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - FATFS *fs; - DWORD n, clst, sect, stat; - UINT i; - BYTE fat, *p; - - - /* Get drive number */ - res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0); - fs = *fatfs; - if (res == FR_OK) { - /* If free_clust is valid, return it without full cluster scan */ - if (fs->free_clust <= fs->n_fatent - 2) { - *nclst = fs->free_clust; - } else { - /* Get number of free clusters */ - fat = fs->fs_type; - n = 0; - if (fat == FS_FAT12) { - clst = 2; - do { - stat = get_fat(fs, clst); - if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } - if (stat == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } - if (stat == 0) n++; - } while (++clst < fs->n_fatent); - } else { - clst = fs->n_fatent; - sect = fs->fatbase; - i = 0; p = 0; - do { - if (!i) { - res = move_window(fs, sect++); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - p = fs->win; - i = SS(fs); - } - if (fat == FS_FAT16) { - if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++; - p += 2; i -= 2; - } else { - if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++; - p += 4; i -= 4; - } - } while (--clst); - } - fs->free_clust = n; - if (fat == FS_FAT32) fs->fsi_flag = 1; - *nclst = n; - } - } - LEAVE_FF(fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Truncate File */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_truncate ( - FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD ncl; - - - if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) { /* Check abort flag */ - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } else { - if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */ - res = FR_DENIED; - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) { - fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Set file size to current R/W point */ - fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; - if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */ - res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->sclust); - fp->sclust = 0; - } else { /* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */ - ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); - res = FR_OK; - if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR; - if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR; - if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->n_fatent) { - res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust, 0x0FFFFFFF); - if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl); - } - } - } - if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Delete a File or Directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_unlink ( - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the file or directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj, sdj; - BYTE *dir; - DWORD dclst; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove dot entry */ -#if _FS_LOCK - if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&dj, 2); /* Cannot remove open file */ -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) { /* The object is accessible */ - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove the start directory */ - } else { - if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO) - res = FR_DENIED; /* Cannot remove R/O object */ - } - dclst = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); - if (res == FR_OK && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Is it a sub-dir? */ - if (dclst < 2) { - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } else { - mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */ - sdj.sclust = dclst; - res = dir_sdi(&sdj, 2); /* Exclude dot entries */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dir_read(&sdj); - if (res == FR_OK /* Not empty dir */ -#if _FS_RPATH - || dclst == dj.fs->cdir /* Current dir */ -#endif - ) res = FR_DENIED; - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_OK; /* Empty */ - } - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dir_remove(&dj); /* Remove the directory entry */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - if (dclst) /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */ - res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst); - if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create a Directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_mkdir ( - const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir, n; - DWORD dsc, dcl, pcl, tim = get_fattime(); - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* Any object with same name is already existing */ - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Can create a new directory */ - dcl = create_chain(dj.fs, 0); /* Allocate a cluster for the new directory table */ - res = FR_OK; - if (dcl == 0) res = FR_DENIED; /* No space to allocate a new cluster */ - if (dcl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR; - if (dcl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR; - if (res == FR_OK) /* Flush FAT */ - res = move_window(dj.fs, 0); - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the new directory table */ - dsc = clust2sect(dj.fs, dcl); - dir = dj.fs->win; - mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs)); - mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3); /* Create "." entry */ - dir[DIR_Name] = '.'; - dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); - st_clust(dir, dcl); - mem_cpy(dir+SZ_DIR, dir, SZ_DIR); /* Create ".." entry */ - dir[33] = '.'; pcl = dj.sclust; - if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pcl == dj.fs->dirbase) - pcl = 0; - st_clust(dir+SZ_DIR, pcl); - for (n = dj.fs->csize; n; n--) { /* Write dot entries and clear following sectors */ - dj.fs->winsect = dsc++; - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = move_window(dj.fs, 0); - if (res != FR_OK) break; - mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs)); - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) res = dir_register(&dj); /* Register the object to the directory */ - if (res != FR_OK) { - remove_chain(dj.fs, dcl); /* Could not register, remove cluster chain */ - } else { - dir = dj.dir; - dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; /* Attribute */ - ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); /* Created time */ - st_clust(dir, dcl); /* Table start cluster */ - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Change Attribute */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_chmod ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */ - BYTE value, /* Attribute bits */ - BYTE mask /* Attribute mask to change */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { /* Is it a root directory? */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } else { /* File or sub directory */ - mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC; /* Valid attribute mask */ - dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask); /* Apply attribute change */ - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Change Timestamp */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_utime ( - const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file/directory name */ - const FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the time stamp to be set */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR dj; - BYTE *dir; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - INIT_BUF(dj); - res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ - FREE_BUF(); - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = dj.dir; - if (!dir) { /* Root directory */ - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; - } else { /* File or sub-directory */ - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime); - ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate); - dj.fs->wflag = 1; - res = sync(dj.fs); - } - } - } - - LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Rename File/Directory */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_rename ( - const TCHAR *path_old, /* Pointer to the old name */ - const TCHAR *path_new /* Pointer to the new name */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DIR djo, djn; - BYTE buf[21], *dir; - DWORD dw; - DEF_NAMEBUF; - - - res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &djo.fs, 1); - if (res == FR_OK) { - djn.fs = djo.fs; - INIT_BUF(djo); - res = follow_path(&djo, path_old); /* Check old object */ - if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (djo.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) - res = FR_INVALID_NAME; -#if _FS_LOCK - if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&djo, 2); -#endif - if (res == FR_OK) { /* Old object is found */ - if (!djo.dir) { /* Is root dir? */ - res = FR_NO_FILE; - } else { - mem_cpy(buf, djo.dir+DIR_Attr, 21); /* Save the object information except for name */ - mem_cpy(&djn, &djo, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check new object */ - res = follow_path(&djn, path_new); - if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* The new object name is already existing */ - if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */ -/* Start critical section that an interruption or error can cause cross-link */ - res = dir_register(&djn); /* Register the new entry */ - if (res == FR_OK) { - dir = djn.dir; /* Copy object information except for name */ - mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19); - dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC; - djo.fs->wflag = 1; - if (djo.sclust != djn.sclust && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */ - dw = clust2sect(djo.fs, ld_clust(djo.fs, dir)); - if (!dw) { - res = FR_INT_ERR; - } else { - res = move_window(djo.fs, dw); - dir = djo.fs->win+SZ_DIR; /* .. entry */ - if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') { - dw = (djo.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && djn.sclust == djo.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : djn.sclust; - st_clust(dir, dw); - djo.fs->wflag = 1; - } - } - } - if (res == FR_OK) { - res = dir_remove(&djo); /* Remove old entry */ - if (res == FR_OK) - res = sync(djo.fs); - } - } -/* End critical section */ - } - } - } - FREE_BUF(); - } - LEAVE_FF(djo.fs, res); -} - -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */ -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */ -#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */ - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Forward data to the stream directly (available on only tiny cfg) */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY - -FRESULT f_forward ( - FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ - UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT), /* Pointer to the streaming function */ - UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to forward */ - UINT *bf /* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */ -) -{ - FRESULT res; - DWORD remain, clst, sect; - UINT rcnt; - BYTE csect; - - - *bf = 0; /* Clear transfer byte counter */ - - if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; - - res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ - if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); - if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check error flag */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */ - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); - - remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr; - if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ - - for ( ; btr && (*func)(0, 0); /* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */ - fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { - csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ - if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ - if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ - clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ? /* On the top of the file? */ - fp->sclust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); - if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ - } - } - sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current data sector */ - if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - sect += csect; - if (move_window(fp->fs, sect)) /* Move sector window */ - ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); - fp->dsect = sect; - rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Forward data from sector window */ - if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; - rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); - if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); - } - - LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); -} -#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */ - - - -#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Create File System on the Drive */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define N_ROOTDIR 512 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 */ -#define N_FATS 1 /* Number of FAT copies (1 or 2) */ - - -FRESULT f_mkfs ( - BYTE drv, /* Logical drive number */ - BYTE sfd, /* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */ - UINT au /* Allocation unit size [bytes] */ -) -{ - static const WORD vst[] = { 1024, 512, 256, 128, 64, 32, 16, 8, 4, 2, 0}; - static const WORD cst[] = {32768, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 1024, 512}; - BYTE fmt, md, sys, *tbl, pdrv, part; - DWORD n_clst, vs, n, wsect; - UINT i; - DWORD b_vol, b_fat, b_dir, b_data; /* LBA */ - DWORD n_vol, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir; /* Size */ - FATFS *fs; - DSTATUS stat; - - - /* Check mounted drive and clear work area */ - if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; - if (sfd > 1) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; - if (au & (au - 1)) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; - fs = FatFs[drv]; - if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; - fs->fs_type = 0; - pdrv = LD2PD(drv); /* Physical drive */ - part = LD2PT(drv); /* Partition (0:auto detect, 1-4:get from partition table)*/ - - /* Get disk statics */ - stat = disk_initialize(pdrv); - if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY; - if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; -#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size */ - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS) - return FR_DISK_ERR; -#endif - if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) { - /* Get partition information from partition table in the MBR */ - if (disk_read(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) != 0xAA55) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; - tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE]; - if (!tbl[4]) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* No partition? */ - b_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+8); /* Volume start sector */ - n_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+12); /* Volume size */ - } else { - /* Create a partition in this function */ - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_vol) != RES_OK || n_vol < 128) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - b_vol = (sfd) ? 0 : 63; /* Volume start sector */ - n_vol -= b_vol; /* Volume size */ - } - - if (!au) { /* AU auto selection */ - vs = n_vol / (2000 / (SS(fs) / 512)); - for (i = 0; vs < vst[i]; i++) ; - au = cst[i]; - } - au /= SS(fs); /* Number of sectors per cluster */ - if (au == 0) au = 1; - if (au > 128) au = 128; - - /* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT sub-type */ - n_clst = n_vol / au; - fmt = FS_FAT12; - if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16; - if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32; - - /* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs); - n_rsv = 32; - n_dir = 0; - } else { - n_fat = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? (n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 : (n_clst * 2) + 4; - n_fat = (n_fat + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs); - n_rsv = 1; - n_dir = (DWORD)N_ROOTDIR * SZ_DIR / SS(fs); - } - b_fat = b_vol + n_rsv; /* FAT area start sector */ - b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS; /* Directory area start sector */ - b_data = b_dir + n_dir; /* Data area start sector */ - if (n_vol < b_data + au - b_vol) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* Too small volume */ - - /* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */ - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK || !n || n > 32768) n = 1; - n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1); /* Next nearest erase block from current data start */ - n = (n - b_data) / N_FATS; - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { /* FAT32: Move FAT offset */ - n_rsv += n; - b_fat += n; - } else { /* FAT12/16: Expand FAT size */ - n_fat += n; - } - - /* Determine number of clusters and final check of validity of the FAT sub-type */ - n_clst = (n_vol - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / au; - if ( (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < MIN_FAT16) - || (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < MIN_FAT32)) - return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; - - switch (fmt) { /* Determine system ID for partition table */ - case FS_FAT12: sys = 0x01; break; - case FS_FAT16: sys = (n_vol < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06; break; - default: sys = 0x0C; - } - - if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) { - /* Update system ID in the partition table */ - tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE]; - tbl[4] = sys; - if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR; - md = 0xF8; - } else { - if (sfd) { /* No partition table (SFD) */ - md = 0xF0; - } else { /* Create partition table (FDISK) */ - mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs)); - tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table; /* Create partition table for single partition in the drive */ - tbl[1] = 1; /* Partition start head */ - tbl[2] = 1; /* Partition start sector */ - tbl[3] = 0; /* Partition start cylinder */ - tbl[4] = sys; /* System type */ - tbl[5] = 254; /* Partition end head */ - n = (b_vol + n_vol) / 63 / 255; - tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n >> 2) | 63); /* Partition end sector */ - tbl[7] = (BYTE)n; /* End cylinder */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63); /* Partition start in LBA */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_vol); /* Partition size in LBA */ - ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* MBR signature */ - if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the MBR sector */ - return FR_DISK_ERR; - md = 0xF8; - } - } - - /* Create BPB in the VBR */ - tbl = fs->win; /* Clear sector */ - mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); - mem_cpy(tbl, "\xEB\xFE\x90" "MSDOS5.0", 11);/* Boot jump code, OEM name */ - i = SS(fs); /* Sector size */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, i); - tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)au; /* Sectors per cluster */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv); /* Reserved sectors */ - tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS; /* Number of FATs */ - i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 0 : N_ROOTDIR; /* Number of rootdir entries */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, i); - if (n_vol < 0x10000) { /* Number of total sectors */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_vol); - } else { - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_vol); - } - tbl[BPB_Media] = md; /* Media descriptor */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63); /* Number of sectors per track */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255); /* Number of heads */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_vol); /* Hidden sectors */ - n = get_fattime(); /* Use current time as VSN */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n); /* VSN */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2); /* Root directory start cluster (2) */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1); /* FSInfo record offset (VBR+1) */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6); /* Backup boot record offset (VBR+6) */ - tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80; /* Drive number */ - tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */ - mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME " "FAT32 ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */ - } else { - ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n); /* VSN */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ - tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80; /* Drive number */ - tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */ - mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME " "FAT ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */ - } - ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* Signature (Offset is fixed here regardless of sector size) */ - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the VBR sector */ - return FR_DISK_ERR; - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) /* Write backup VBR if needed (VBR+6) */ - disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 6, 1); - - /* Initialize FAT area */ - wsect = b_fat; - for (i = 0; i < N_FATS; i++) { /* Initialize each FAT copy */ - mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* 1st sector of the FAT */ - n = md; /* Media descriptor byte */ - if (fmt != FS_FAT32) { - n |= (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00; - ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */ - } else { - n |= 0xFFFFFF00; - ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF); - ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */ - } - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* Fill following FAT entries with zero */ - for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) { /* This loop may take a time on FAT32 volume due to many single sector writes */ - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - } - } - - /* Initialize root directory */ - i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? au : n_dir; - do { - if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) - return FR_DISK_ERR; - } while (--i); - -#if _USE_ERASE /* Erase data area if needed */ - { - DWORD eb[2]; - - eb[0] = wsect; eb[1] = wsect + (n_clst - ((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 1 : 0)) * au - 1; - disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, eb); - } -#endif - - /* Create FSInfo if needed */ - if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252); - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272); - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1); /* Number of free clusters */ - ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 2); /* Last allocated cluster# */ - ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); - disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 1, 1); /* Write original (VBR+1) */ - disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 7, 1); /* Write backup (VBR+7) */ - } - - return (disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR; -} - - -#if _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Divide Physical Drive */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -FRESULT f_fdisk ( - BYTE pdrv, /* Physical drive number */ - const DWORD szt[], /* Pointer to the size table for each partitions */ - void* work /* Pointer to the working buffer */ -) -{ - UINT i, n, sz_cyl, tot_cyl, b_cyl, e_cyl, p_cyl; - BYTE s_hd, e_hd, *p, *buf = (BYTE*)work; - DSTATUS stat; - DWORD sz_disk, sz_part, s_part; - - - stat = disk_initialize(pdrv); - if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY; - if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; - if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &sz_disk)) return FR_DISK_ERR; - - /* Determine CHS in the table regardless of the drive geometry */ - for (n = 16; n < 256 && sz_disk / n / 63 > 1024; n *= 2) ; - if (n == 256) n--; - e_hd = n - 1; - sz_cyl = 63 * n; - tot_cyl = sz_disk / sz_cyl; - - /* Create partition table */ - mem_set(buf, 0, _MAX_SS); - p = buf + MBR_Table; b_cyl = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p += SZ_PTE) { - p_cyl = (szt[i] <= 100) ? (DWORD)tot_cyl * szt[i] / 100 : szt[i] / sz_cyl; - if (!p_cyl) continue; - s_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * b_cyl; - sz_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * p_cyl; - if (i == 0) { /* Exclude first track of cylinder 0 */ - s_hd = 1; - s_part += 63; sz_part -= 63; - } else { - s_hd = 0; - } - e_cyl = b_cyl + p_cyl - 1; - if (e_cyl >= tot_cyl) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; - - /* Set partition table */ - p[1] = s_hd; /* Start head */ - p[2] = (BYTE)((b_cyl >> 2) + 1); /* Start sector */ - p[3] = (BYTE)b_cyl; /* Start cylinder */ - p[4] = 0x06; /* System type (temporary setting) */ - p[5] = e_hd; /* End head */ - p[6] = (BYTE)((e_cyl >> 2) + 63); /* End sector */ - p[7] = (BYTE)e_cyl; /* End cylinder */ - ST_DWORD(p + 8, s_part); /* Start sector in LBA */ - ST_DWORD(p + 12, sz_part); /* Partition size */ - - /* Next partition */ - b_cyl += p_cyl; - } - ST_WORD(p, 0xAA55); - - /* Write it to the MBR */ - return (disk_write(pdrv, buf, 0, 1) || disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0)) ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK; -} - - -#endif /* _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 */ -#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */ - - - - -#if _USE_STRFUNC -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Get a string from the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -TCHAR* f_gets ( - TCHAR* buff, /* Pointer to the string buffer to read */ - int len, /* Size of string buffer (characters) */ - FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - int n = 0; - TCHAR c, *p = buff; - BYTE s[2]; - UINT rc; - - - while (n < len - 1) { /* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */ - f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc); - if (rc != 1) break; /* Break on EOF or error */ - c = s[0]; -#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Read a character in UTF-8 encoding */ - if (c >= 0x80) { - if (c < 0xC0) continue; /* Skip stray trailer */ - if (c < 0xE0) { /* Two-byte sequence */ - f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc); - if (rc != 1) break; - c = ((c & 0x1F) << 6) | (s[0] & 0x3F); - if (c < 0x80) c = '?'; - } else { - if (c < 0xF0) { /* Three-byte sequence */ - f_read(fil, s, 2, &rc); - if (rc != 2) break; - c = (c << 12) | ((s[0] & 0x3F) << 6) | (s[1] & 0x3F); - if (c < 0x800) c = '?'; - } else { /* Reject four-byte sequence */ - c = '?'; - } - } - } -#endif -#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2 - if (c == '\r') continue; /* Strip '\r' */ -#endif - *p++ = c; - n++; - if (c == '\n') break; /* Break on EOL */ - } - *p = 0; - return n ? buff : 0; /* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */ -} - - - -#if !_FS_READONLY -#include <stdarg.h> -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Put a character to the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int f_putc ( - TCHAR c, /* A character to be output */ - FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - UINT bw, btw; - BYTE s[3]; - - -#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2 - if (c == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil); /* LF -> CRLF conversion */ -#endif - -#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Write the character in UTF-8 encoding */ - if (c < 0x80) { /* 7-bit */ - s[0] = (BYTE)c; - btw = 1; - } else { - if (c < 0x800) { /* 11-bit */ - s[0] = (BYTE)(0xC0 | (c >> 6)); - s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F)); - btw = 2; - } else { /* 16-bit */ - s[0] = (BYTE)(0xE0 | (c >> 12)); - s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | ((c >> 6) & 0x3F)); - s[2] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F)); - btw = 3; - } - } -#else /* Write the character without conversion */ - s[0] = (BYTE)c; - btw = 1; -#endif - f_write(fil, s, btw, &bw); /* Write the char to the file */ - return (bw == btw) ? 1 : EOF; /* Return the result */ -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Put a string to the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int f_puts ( - const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the string to be output */ - FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ -) -{ - int n; - - - for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) { - if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF; - } - return n; -} - - - - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Put a formatted string to the file */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -int f_printf ( - FIL* fil, /* Pointer to the file object */ - const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the format string */ - ... /* Optional arguments... */ -) -{ - va_list arp; - BYTE f, r; - UINT i, j, w; - ULONG v; - TCHAR c, d, s[16], *p; - int res, chc, cc; - - - va_start(arp, str); - - for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) { - c = *str++; - if (c == 0) break; /* End of string */ - if (c != '%') { /* Non escape character */ - cc = f_putc(c, fil); - if (cc != EOF) cc = 1; - continue; - } - w = f = 0; - c = *str++; - if (c == '0') { /* Flag: '0' padding */ - f = 1; c = *str++; - } else { - if (c == '-') { /* Flag: left justified */ - f = 2; c = *str++; - } - } - while (IsDigit(c)) { /* Precision */ - w = w * 10 + c - '0'; - c = *str++; - } - if (c == 'l' || c == 'L') { /* Prefix: Size is long int */ - f |= 4; c = *str++; - } - if (!c) break; - d = c; - if (IsLower(d)) d -= 0x20; - switch (d) { /* Type is... */ - case 'S' : /* String */ - p = va_arg(arp, TCHAR*); - for (j = 0; p[j]; j++) ; - chc = 0; - if (!(f & 2)) { - while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); - } - chc += (cc = f_puts(p, fil)); - while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); - if (cc != EOF) cc = chc; - continue; - case 'C' : /* Character */ - cc = f_putc((TCHAR)va_arg(arp, int), fil); continue; - case 'B' : /* Binary */ - r = 2; break; - case 'O' : /* Octal */ - r = 8; break; - case 'D' : /* Signed decimal */ - case 'U' : /* Unsigned decimal */ - r = 10; break; - case 'X' : /* Hexdecimal */ - r = 16; break; - default: /* Unknown type (pass-through) */ - cc = f_putc(c, fil); continue; - } - - /* Get an argument and put it in numeral */ - v = (f & 4) ? (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long) : ((d == 'D') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int)); - if (d == 'D' && (v & 0x80000000)) { - v = 0 - v; - f |= 8; - } - i = 0; - do { - d = (TCHAR)(v % r); v /= r; - if (d > 9) d += (c == 'x') ? 0x27 : 0x07; - s[i++] = d + '0'; - } while (v && i < sizeof s / sizeof s[0]); - if (f & 8) s[i++] = '-'; - j = i; d = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' '; - res = 0; - while (!(f & 2) && j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(d, fil)); - do res += (cc = f_putc(s[--i], fil)); while(i); - while (j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); - if (cc != EOF) cc = res; - } - - va_end(arp); - return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res; -} - -#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ -#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */ diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h deleted file mode 100644 index 627cbaabe..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,337 +0,0 @@ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems. -/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial -/ developments under license policy of following terms. -/ -/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. -/ -/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. -/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for -/ personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. -/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. -/ -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef _FATFS -#define _FATFS 4004 /* Revision ID */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -#include "integer.h" /* Basic integer types */ -#include "ffconf.h" /* FatFs configuration options */ - -#if _FATFS != _FFCONF -#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h). -#endif - - - -/* Definitions of volume management */ - -#if _MULTI_PARTITION /* Multiple partition configuration */ -typedef struct { - BYTE pd; /* Physical drive number */ - BYTE pt; /* Partition: 0:Auto detect, 1-4:Forced partition) */ -} PARTITION; -extern PARTITION VolToPart[]; /* Volume - Partition resolution table */ -#define LD2PD(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pd) /* Get physical drive number */ -#define LD2PT(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pt) /* Get partition index */ - -#else /* Single partition configuration */ -#define LD2PD(vol) (BYTE)(vol) /* Each logical drive is bound to the same physical drive number */ -#define LD2PT(vol) 0 /* Always mounts the 1st partition or in SFD */ - -#endif - - - -/* Type of path name strings on FatFs API */ - -#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Unicode string */ -#if !_USE_LFN -#error _LFN_UNICODE must be 0 in non-LFN cfg. -#endif -#ifndef _INC_TCHAR -typedef WCHAR TCHAR; -#define _T(x) L ## x -#define _TEXT(x) L ## x -#endif - -#else /* ANSI/OEM string */ -#ifndef _INC_TCHAR -typedef char TCHAR; -#define _T(x) x -#define _TEXT(x) x -#endif - -#endif - - - -/* File system object structure (FATFS) */ - -typedef struct { - BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub-type (0:Not mounted) */ - BYTE drv; /* Physical drive number */ - BYTE csize; /* Sectors per cluster (1,2,4...128) */ - BYTE n_fats; /* Number of FAT copies (1,2) */ - BYTE wflag; /* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */ - BYTE fsi_flag; /* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */ - WORD id; /* File system mount ID */ - WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (FAT12/16) */ -#if _MAX_SS != 512 - WORD ssize; /* Bytes per sector (512, 1024, 2048 or 4096) */ -#endif -#if _FS_REENTRANT - _SYNC_t sobj; /* Identifier of sync object */ -#endif -#if !_FS_READONLY - DWORD last_clust; /* Last allocated cluster */ - DWORD free_clust; /* Number of free clusters */ - DWORD fsi_sector; /* fsinfo sector (FAT32) */ -#endif -#if _FS_RPATH - DWORD cdir; /* Current directory start cluster (0:root) */ -#endif - DWORD n_fatent; /* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */ - DWORD fsize; /* Sectors per FAT */ - DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */ - DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (FAT32:Cluster#) */ - DWORD database; /* Data start sector */ - DWORD winsect; /* Current sector appearing in the win[] */ - BYTE win[_MAX_SS]; /* Disk access window for Directory, FAT (and Data on tiny cfg) */ -} FATFS; - - - -/* File object structure (FIL) */ - -typedef struct { - FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the related file system object */ - WORD id; /* File system mount ID of the related file system object */ - BYTE flag; /* File status flags */ - BYTE pad1; - DWORD fptr; /* File read/write pointer (0ed on file open) */ - DWORD fsize; /* File size */ - DWORD sclust; /* File data start cluster (0:no data cluster, always 0 when fsize is 0) */ - DWORD clust; /* Current cluster of fpter */ - DWORD dsect; /* Current data sector of fpter */ -#if !_FS_READONLY - DWORD dir_sect; /* Sector containing the directory entry */ - BYTE* dir_ptr; /* Pointer to the directory entry in the window */ -#endif -#if _USE_FASTSEEK - DWORD* cltbl; /* Pointer to the cluster link map table (null on file open) */ -#endif -#if _FS_LOCK - UINT lockid; /* File lock ID (index of file semaphore table Files[]) */ -#endif -#if !_FS_TINY - BYTE buf[_MAX_SS]; /* File data read/write buffer */ -#endif -} FIL; - - - -/* Directory object structure (DIR) */ - -typedef struct { - FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the owner file system object */ - WORD id; /* Owner file system mount ID */ - WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */ - DWORD sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Root dir) */ - DWORD clust; /* Current cluster */ - DWORD sect; /* Current sector */ - BYTE* dir; /* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */ - BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */ -#if _USE_LFN - WCHAR* lfn; /* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */ - WORD lfn_idx; /* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */ -#endif -} DIR; - - - -/* File status structure (FILINFO) */ - -typedef struct { - DWORD fsize; /* File size */ - WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */ - WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */ - BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */ - TCHAR fname[13]; /* Short file name (8.3 format) */ -#if _USE_LFN - TCHAR* lfname; /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */ - UINT lfsize; /* Size of LFN buffer in TCHAR */ -#endif -} FILINFO; - - - -/* File function return code (FRESULT) */ - -typedef enum { - FR_OK = 0, /* (0) Succeeded */ - FR_DISK_ERR, /* (1) A hard error occurred in the low level disk I/O layer */ - FR_INT_ERR, /* (2) Assertion failed */ - FR_NOT_READY, /* (3) The physical drive cannot work */ - FR_NO_FILE, /* (4) Could not find the file */ - FR_NO_PATH, /* (5) Could not find the path */ - FR_INVALID_NAME, /* (6) The path name format is invalid */ - FR_DENIED, /* (7) Access denied due to prohibited access or directory full */ - FR_EXIST, /* (8) Access denied due to prohibited access */ - FR_INVALID_OBJECT, /* (9) The file/directory object is invalid */ - FR_WRITE_PROTECTED, /* (10) The physical drive is write protected */ - FR_INVALID_DRIVE, /* (11) The logical drive number is invalid */ - FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* (12) The volume has no work area */ - FR_NO_FILESYSTEM, /* (13) There is no valid FAT volume */ - FR_MKFS_ABORTED, /* (14) The f_mkfs() aborted due to any parameter error */ - FR_TIMEOUT, /* (15) Could not get a grant to access the volume within defined period */ - FR_LOCKED, /* (16) The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy */ - FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE, /* (17) LFN working buffer could not be allocated */ - FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES, /* (18) Number of open files > _FS_SHARE */ - FR_INVALID_PARAMETER /* (19) Given parameter is invalid */ -} FRESULT; - - - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* FatFs module application interface */ - -FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */ -FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const TCHAR*, BYTE); /* Open or create a file */ -FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Read data from a file */ -FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD); /* Move file pointer of a file object */ -FRESULT f_close (FIL*); /* Close an open file object */ -FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const TCHAR*); /* Open an existing directory */ -FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item */ -FRESULT f_stat (const TCHAR*, FILINFO*); /* Get file status */ -FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Write data to a file */ -FRESULT f_getfree (const TCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**); /* Get number of free clusters on the drive */ -FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*); /* Truncate file */ -FRESULT f_sync (FIL*); /* Flush cached data of a writing file */ -FRESULT f_unlink (const TCHAR*); /* Delete an existing file or directory */ -FRESULT f_mkdir (const TCHAR*); /* Create a new directory */ -FRESULT f_chmod (const TCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE); /* Change attribute of the file/dir */ -FRESULT f_utime (const TCHAR*, const FILINFO*); /* Change times-tamp of the file/dir */ -FRESULT f_rename (const TCHAR*, const TCHAR*); /* Rename/Move a file or directory */ -FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE); /* Change current drive */ -FRESULT f_chdir (const TCHAR*); /* Change current directory */ -FRESULT f_getcwd (TCHAR*, UINT); /* Get current directory */ -FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*); /* Forward data to the stream */ -FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, UINT); /* Create a file system on the drive */ -FRESULT f_fdisk (BYTE, const DWORD[], void*); /* Divide a physical drive into some partitions */ -int f_putc (TCHAR, FIL*); /* Put a character to the file */ -int f_puts (const TCHAR*, FIL*); /* Put a string to the file */ -int f_printf (FIL*, const TCHAR*, ...); /* Put a formatted string to the file */ -TCHAR* f_gets (TCHAR*, int, FIL*); /* Get a string from the file */ - -#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0) -#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0) -#define f_tell(fp) ((fp)->fptr) -#define f_size(fp) ((fp)->fsize) - -#ifndef EOF -#define EOF (-1) -#endif - - - - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Additional user defined functions */ - -/* RTC function */ -#if !_FS_READONLY -DWORD get_fattime (void); -#endif - -/* Unicode support functions */ -#if _USE_LFN /* Unicode - OEM code conversion */ -WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT); /* OEM-Unicode bidirectional conversion */ -WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR); /* Unicode upper-case conversion */ -#if _USE_LFN == 3 /* Memory functions */ -void* ff_memalloc (UINT); /* Allocate memory block */ -void ff_memfree (void*); /* Free memory block */ -#endif -#endif - -/* Sync functions */ -#if _FS_REENTRANT -int ff_cre_syncobj (BYTE, _SYNC_t*);/* Create a sync object */ -int ff_req_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Lock sync object */ -void ff_rel_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Unlock sync object */ -int ff_del_syncobj (_SYNC_t); /* Delete a sync object */ -#endif - - - - -/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Flags and offset address */ - - -/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */ - -#define FA_READ 0x01 -#define FA_OPEN_EXISTING 0x00 -#define FA__ERROR 0x80 - -#if !_FS_READONLY -#define FA_WRITE 0x02 -#define FA_CREATE_NEW 0x04 -#define FA_CREATE_ALWAYS 0x08 -#define FA_OPEN_ALWAYS 0x10 -#define FA__WRITTEN 0x20 -#define FA__DIRTY 0x40 -#endif - - -/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */ - -#define FS_FAT12 1 -#define FS_FAT16 2 -#define FS_FAT32 3 - - -/* File attribute bits for directory entry */ - -#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */ -#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */ -#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */ -#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */ -#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */ -#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */ -#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */ -#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */ - - -/* Fast seek feature */ -#define CREATE_LINKMAP 0xFFFFFFFF - - - -/*--------------------------------*/ -/* Multi-byte word access macros */ - -#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */ -#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val) -#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val) -#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */ -#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr)) -#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8) -#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24) -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _FATFS */ diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h deleted file mode 100644 index 243a20fa2..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,190 +0,0 @@ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ -/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to -/ the configuration options. -/ -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef _FFCONF -#define _FFCONF 4004 /* Revision ID */ - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Function and Buffer Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _FS_TINY 1 /* 0:Normal or 1:Tiny */ -/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system -/ object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file -/ data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */ - - -#define _FS_READONLY 1 /* 0:Read/Write or 1:Read only */ -/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes -/ writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename, -/ f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */ - - -#define _FS_MINIMIZE 2 /* 0 to 3 */ -/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions. -/ -/ 0: Full function. -/ 1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename -/ are removed. -/ 2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to 1. -/ 3: f_lseek is removed in addition to 2. */ - - -#define _USE_STRFUNC 0 /* 0:Disable or 1-2:Enable */ -/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */ - - -#define _USE_MKFS 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */ - - -#define _USE_FORWARD 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */ - - -#define _USE_FASTSEEK 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable fast seek feature, set _USE_FASTSEEK to 1. */ - - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Locale and Namespace Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _CODE_PAGE 932 -/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system. -/ Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure. -/ -/ 932 - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 936 - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 949 - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 950 - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows) -/ 1250 - Central Europe (Windows) -/ 1251 - Cyrillic (Windows) -/ 1252 - Latin 1 (Windows) -/ 1253 - Greek (Windows) -/ 1254 - Turkish (Windows) -/ 1255 - Hebrew (Windows) -/ 1256 - Arabic (Windows) -/ 1257 - Baltic (Windows) -/ 1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows) -/ 437 - U.S. (OEM) -/ 720 - Arabic (OEM) -/ 737 - Greek (OEM) -/ 775 - Baltic (OEM) -/ 850 - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) -/ 858 - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) -/ 852 - Latin 2 (OEM) -/ 855 - Cyrillic (OEM) -/ 866 - Russian (OEM) -/ 857 - Turkish (OEM) -/ 862 - Hebrew (OEM) -/ 874 - Thai (OEM, Windows) -/ 1 - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.) -*/ - - -#define _USE_LFN 0 /* 0 to 3 */ -#define _MAX_LFN 255 /* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */ -/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support. -/ -/ 0: Disable LFN feature. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect. -/ 1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the BSS. Always NOT reentrant. -/ 2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK. -/ 3: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the HEAP. -/ -/ The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. To enable LFN, -/ Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added -/ to the project. When enable to use heap, memory control functions -/ ff_memalloc() and ff_memfree() must be added to the project. */ - - -#define _LFN_UNICODE 0 /* 0:ANSI/OEM or 1:Unicode */ -/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode, -/ enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1. */ - - -#define _FS_RPATH 0 /* 0 to 2 */ -/* The _FS_RPATH option configures relative path feature. -/ -/ 0: Disable relative path feature and remove related functions. -/ 1: Enable relative path. f_chdrive() and f_chdir() are available. -/ 2: f_getcwd() is available in addition to 1. -/ -/ Note that output of the f_readdir function is affected by this option. */ - - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ Physical Drive Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _VOLUMES 1 -/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */ - - -#define _MAX_SS 512 /* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */ -/* Maximum sector size to be handled. -/ Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be -/ required for on-board flash memory, floppy disk and optical disk. -/ When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, it configures FatFs to variable sector size -/ and GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implemented to the disk_ioctl function. */ - - -#define _MULTI_PARTITION 0 /* 0:Single partition, 1/2:Enable multiple partition */ -/* When set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical drive number and -/ it can mount only first primary partition. When it is set to 1, each volume -/ is tied to the partitions listed in VolToPart[]. */ - - -#define _USE_ERASE 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -/* To enable sector erase feature, set _USE_ERASE to 1. CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR command -/ should be added to the disk_ioctl function. */ - - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ -/ System Configurations -/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#define _WORD_ACCESS 1 /* 0 or 1 */ -/* Set 0 first and it is always compatible with all platforms. The _WORD_ACCESS -/ option defines which access method is used to the word data on the FAT volume. -/ -/ 0: Byte-by-byte access. -/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met. -/ -/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned word -/ access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0. -/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the -/ performance and code size. */ - - -/* A header file that defines sync object types on the O/S, such as -/ windows.h, ucos_ii.h and semphr.h, must be included prior to ff.h. */ - -#define _FS_REENTRANT 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ -#define _FS_TIMEOUT 1000 /* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */ -#define _SYNC_t HANDLE /* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */ - -/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy (thread safe) of the FatFs module. -/ -/ 0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect. -/ 1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers, -/ ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj -/ function must be added to the project. */ - - -#define _FS_LOCK 0 /* 0:Disable or >=1:Enable */ -/* To enable file lock control feature, set _FS_LOCK to 1 or greater. - The value defines how many files can be opened simultaneously. */ - - -#endif /* _FFCONFIG */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5408fe6b3..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -/*-------------------------------------------*/ -/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */ -/*-------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef _INTEGER -#define _INTEGER - -#ifdef _WIN32 /* FatFs development platform */ - -#include <windows.h> -#include <tchar.h> - -#else /* Embedded platform */ - -/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */ -typedef int INT; -typedef unsigned int UINT; - -/* These types must be 8-bit integer */ -typedef char CHAR; -typedef unsigned char UCHAR; -typedef unsigned char BYTE; - -/* These types must be 16-bit integer */ -typedef short SHORT; -typedef unsigned short USHORT; -typedef unsigned short WORD; -typedef unsigned short WCHAR; - -/* These types must be 32-bit integer */ -typedef long LONG; -typedef unsigned long ULONG; -typedef unsigned long DWORD; - -#endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c deleted file mode 100644 index ba5ce8b99..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,284 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Simple HTTP Webserver Application. When connected to the uIP stack, - * this will serve out files to HTTP clients on port 80. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_HTTPSERVERAPP_C -#include "HTTPServerApp.h" - -/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before the page contents. This indicates to the host that a page exists at the - * given location, and gives extra connection information. - */ -const char PROGMEM HTTP200Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 200 OK\r\n" - "Server: LUFA " LUFA_VERSION_STRING "\r\n" - "Connection: close\r\n" - "MIME-version: 1.0\r\n" - "Content-Type: "; - -/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before a resource not found error. This indicates to the host that the given - * URL is invalid, and gives extra error information. - */ -const char PROGMEM HTTP404Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 404 Not Found\r\n" - "Server: LUFA " LUFA_VERSION_STRING "\r\n" - "Connection: close\r\n" - "MIME-version: 1.0\r\n" - "Content-Type: text/plain\r\n\r\n" - "Error 404: File Not Found: /"; - -/** Default filename to fetch when a directory is requested */ -const char PROGMEM DefaultDirFileName[] = "index.htm"; - -/** Default MIME type sent if no other MIME type can be determined. */ -const char PROGMEM DefaultMIMEType[] = "text/plain"; - -/** List of MIME types for each supported file extension. */ -const MIME_Type_t MIMETypes[] = - { - {.Extension = "htm", .MIMEType = "text/html"}, - {.Extension = "jpg", .MIMEType = "image/jpeg"}, - {.Extension = "gif", .MIMEType = "image/gif"}, - {.Extension = "bmp", .MIMEType = "image/bmp"}, - {.Extension = "png", .MIMEType = "image/png"}, - {.Extension = "ico", .MIMEType = "image/x-icon"}, - {.Extension = "exe", .MIMEType = "application/octet-stream"}, - {.Extension = "gz", .MIMEType = "application/x-gzip"}, - {.Extension = "zip", .MIMEType = "application/zip"}, - {.Extension = "pdf", .MIMEType = "application/pdf"}, - }; - -/** FATFs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */ -FATFS DiskFATState; - - -/** Initialization function for the simple HTTP webserver. */ -void HTTPServerApp_Init(void) -{ - /* Listen on port 80 for HTTP connections from hosts */ - uip_listen(HTONS(HTTP_SERVER_PORT)); - - /* Mount the Dataflash disk via FatFS */ - f_mount(0, &DiskFATState); -} - -/** uIP stack application callback for the simple HTTP webserver. This function must be called each time the - * TCP/IP stack needs a TCP packet to be processed. - */ -void HTTPServerApp_Callback(void) -{ - uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate; - - if (uip_aborted() || uip_timedout() || uip_closed()) - { - /* Lock to the closed state so that no further processing will occur on the connection */ - AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing; - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing; - } - - if (uip_connected()) - { - /* New connection - initialize connection state values */ - AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile; - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile; - AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen = false; - AppState->HTTPServer.ACKedFilePos = 0; - AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize = 0; - } - - if (uip_acked()) - { - /* Add the amount of ACKed file data to the total sent file bytes counter */ - AppState->HTTPServer.ACKedFilePos += AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize; - - /* Progress to the next state once the current state's data has been ACKed */ - AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = AppState->HTTPServer.NextState; - } - - if (uip_rexmit()) - { - /* Return file pointer to the last ACKed position */ - f_lseek(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle, AppState->HTTPServer.ACKedFilePos); - } - - if (uip_rexmit() || uip_acked() || uip_newdata() || uip_connected() || uip_poll()) - { - switch (AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState) - { - case WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile: - HTTPServerApp_OpenRequestedFile(); - break; - case WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader: - HTTPServerApp_SendResponseHeader(); - break; - case WEBSERVER_STATE_SendData: - HTTPServerApp_SendData(); - break; - case WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing: - /* Connection is being terminated for some reason - close file handle */ - f_close(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle); - AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen = false; - - /* If connection is not already closed, close it */ - uip_close(); - - AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closed; - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closed; - break; - } - } -} - -/** HTTP Server State handler for the Request Process state. This state manages the processing of incoming HTTP - * GET requests to the server from the receiving HTTP client. - */ -static void HTTPServerApp_OpenRequestedFile(void) -{ - uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate; - char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata; - - /* No HTTP header received from the client, abort processing */ - if (!(uip_newdata())) - return; - - char* RequestToken = strtok(AppData, " "); - char* RequestedFileName = strtok(NULL, " "); - - /* Must be a GET request, abort otherwise */ - if (strcmp_P(RequestToken, PSTR("GET")) != 0) - { - uip_abort(); - return; - } - - /* Copy over the requested filename */ - strlcpy(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName, &RequestedFileName[1], sizeof(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName)); - - /* Determine the length of the URI so that it can be checked to see if it is a directory */ - uint8_t FileNameLen = strlen(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName); - - /* If the URI is a directory, append the default filename */ - if ((AppState->HTTPServer.FileName[FileNameLen - 1] == '/') || !(FileNameLen)) - { - strlcpy_P(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileName[FileNameLen], DefaultDirFileName, - (sizeof(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName) - FileNameLen)); - } - - /* Try to open the file from the Dataflash disk */ - AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen = (f_open(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle, AppState->HTTPServer.FileName, - (FA_OPEN_EXISTING | FA_READ)) == FR_OK); - - /* Lock to the SendResponseHeader state until connection terminated */ - AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader; - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader; -} - -/** HTTP Server State handler for the HTTP Response Header Send state. This state manages the transmission of - * the HTTP response header to the receiving HTTP client. - */ -static void HTTPServerApp_SendResponseHeader(void) -{ - uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate; - char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata; - - char* Extension = strpbrk(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName, "."); - bool FoundMIMEType = false; - - /* If the file isn't already open, it wasn't found - send back a 404 error response and abort */ - if (!(AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen)) - { - /* Copy over the HTTP 404 response header and send it to the receiving client */ - strcpy_P(AppData, HTTP404Header); - strcat(AppData, AppState->HTTPServer.FileName); - uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData)); - - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing; - return; - } - - /* Copy over the HTTP 200 response header and send it to the receiving client */ - strcpy_P(AppData, HTTP200Header); - - /* Check to see if a MIME type for the requested file's extension was found */ - if (Extension != NULL) - { - /* Look through the MIME type list, copy over the required MIME type if found */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < (sizeof(MIMETypes) / sizeof(MIMETypes[0])); i++) - { - if (strcmp(&Extension[1], MIMETypes[i].Extension) == 0) - { - strcat(AppData, MIMETypes[i].MIMEType); - FoundMIMEType = true; - break; - } - } - } - - /* Check if a MIME type was found and copied to the output buffer */ - if (!(FoundMIMEType)) - { - /* MIME type not found - copy over the default MIME type */ - strcat_P(AppData, DefaultMIMEType); - } - - /* Add the end-of-line terminator and end-of-headers terminator after the MIME type */ - strcat_P(AppData, PSTR("\r\n\r\n")); - - /* Send the MIME header to the receiving client */ - uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData)); - - /* When the MIME header is ACKed, progress to the data send stage */ - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_SendData; -} - -/** HTTP Server State handler for the Data Send state. This state manages the transmission of file chunks - * to the receiving HTTP client. - */ -static void HTTPServerApp_SendData(void) -{ - uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate; - char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata; - - /* Get the maximum segment size for the current packet */ - uint16_t MaxChunkSize = uip_mss(); - - /* Read the next chunk of data from the open file */ - f_read(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle, AppData, MaxChunkSize, &AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize); - - /* Send the next file chunk to the receiving client */ - uip_send(AppData, AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize); - - /* Check if we are at the last chunk of the file, if so next ACK should close the connection */ - if (MaxChunkSize != AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize) - AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing; -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h deleted file mode 100644 index 11c39d87e..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for HTTPServerApp.c. - */ - -#ifndef _HTTPSERVER_APP_H_ -#define _HTTPSERVER_APP_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - #include <string.h> - - #include <LUFA/Version.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include <uip.h> - #include <ff.h> - - /* Enums: */ - /** States for each HTTP connection to the webserver. */ - enum Webserver_States_t - { - WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile, /**< Currently opening requested file */ - WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader, /**< Currently sending HTTP response headers to the client */ - WEBSERVER_STATE_SendData, /**< Currently sending HTTP page data to the client */ - WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing, /**< Ready to close the connection to the client */ - WEBSERVER_STATE_Closed, /**< Connection closed after all data sent */ - }; - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for a MIME type handler. */ - typedef struct - { - char* Extension; /**< File extension (no leading '.' character) */ - char* MIMEType; /**< Appropriate MIME type to send when the extension is encountered */ - } MIME_Type_t; - - /* Macros: */ - /** TCP listen port for incoming HTTP traffic. */ - #define HTTP_SERVER_PORT 80 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void HTTPServerApp_Init(void); - void HTTPServerApp_Callback(void); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_HTTPSERVERAPP_C) - static void HTTPServerApp_OpenRequestedFile(void); - static void HTTPServerApp_SendResponseHeader(void); - static void HTTPServerApp_SendData(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4fbbfd60e..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,344 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage - * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information, - * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C -#include "SCSI.h" - -/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's - * features and capabilities. - */ -static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData = - { - .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK, - .PeripheralQualifier = 0, - - .Removable = true, - - .Version = 0, - - .ResponseDataFormat = 2, - .NormACA = false, - .TrmTsk = false, - .AERC = false, - - .AdditionalLength = 0x1F, - - .SoftReset = false, - .CmdQue = false, - .Linked = false, - .Sync = false, - .WideBus16Bit = false, - .WideBus32Bit = false, - .RelAddr = false, - - .VendorID = "LUFA", - .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk", - .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'}, - }; - -/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE - * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete. - */ -static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData = - { - .ResponseCode = 0x70, - .AdditionalLength = 0x0A, - }; - - -/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches - * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns - * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise - */ -bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - bool CommandSuccess = false; - - /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */ - switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0]) - { - case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_READ_10: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6: - CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo); - break; - case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT: - case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY: - case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL: - case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10: - /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */ - CommandSuccess = true; - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; - break; - default: - /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - break; - } - - /* Check if command was successfully processed */ - if (CommandSuccess) - { - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD, - SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return true; - } - - return false; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features - * and capabilities to the host. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]); - uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData)); - - /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */ - if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) || - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]) - { - /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL); - - /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */ - Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); - - /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command, - * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]; - uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData)); - - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL); - Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity - * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1); - uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE; - - Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL); - Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the - * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is - * supported. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */ - if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2))) - { - /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */ - if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) - { - /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR, - SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address - * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual - * reading and writing of the data. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE) - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const bool IsDataRead) -{ - uint32_t BlockAddress; - uint16_t TotalBlocks; - - /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */ - if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY) - { - /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT, - SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ - BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]); - - /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ - TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]); - - /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */ - if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS) - { - /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ - SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, - SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE, - SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); - - return false; - } - - /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */ - if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ) - DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); - else - DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); - - /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE); - - return true; -} - -/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about - * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status. - * - * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with - * - * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. - */ -static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) -{ - /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */ - Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); - Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); - Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00); - Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ - MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4; - - return true; -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8f41f63b4..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for SCSI.c. - */ - -#ifndef _SCSI_H_ -#define _SCSI_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/io.h> - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include "../Descriptors.h" - #include "DataflashManager.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This - * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about - * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner. - * - * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to - * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to - * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to - */ - #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \ - SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \ - SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0) - - /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */ - #define DATA_READ true - - /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */ - #define DATA_WRITE false - - /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */ - #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00 - - /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */ - #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05 - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C) - static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, - const bool IsDataRead); - static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4500a4b78..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * TELNET Webserver Application. When connected to the uIP stack, - * this will serve out raw TELNET to the client on port 23. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_TELNETSERVERAPP_C -#include "TELNETServerApp.h" - -#if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__) - -/** Welcome message to send to a TELNET client when a connection is first made. */ -const char PROGMEM WelcomeHeader[] = "********************************************\r\n" - "* LUFA uIP Webserver (TELNET) *\r\n" - "********************************************\r\n"; - -/** Main TELNET menu, giving the user the list of available commands they may issue */ -const char PROGMEM TELNETMenu[] = "\r\n" - " == Available Commands: ==\r\n" - " c) List Active TCP Connections\r\n" - " =========================\r\n" - "\r\n>"; - -/** Header to print before the current connections are printed to the client */ -const char PROGMEM CurrentConnectionsHeader[] = "\r\n* Current TCP Connections: *\r\n"; - -/** Initialization function for the simple TELNET webserver. */ -void TELNETServerApp_Init(void) -{ - /* Listen on port 23 for TELNET connections from hosts */ - uip_listen(HTONS(TELNET_SERVER_PORT)); -} - -/** uIP stack application callback for the TELNET server. This function must be called each time the - * TCP/IP stack needs a TCP packet to be processed. - */ -void TELNETServerApp_Callback(void) -{ - uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate; - char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata; - - if (uip_connected()) - { - /* New connection - initialize connection state values */ - AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState = TELNET_STATE_SendHeader; - } - - if (uip_acked()) - { - /* Progress to the next state once the current state's data has been ACKed */ - AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState = AppState->TELNETServer.NextState; - } - - if (uip_rexmit() || uip_acked() || uip_newdata() || uip_connected() || uip_poll()) - { - switch (AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState) - { - case TELNET_STATE_SendHeader: - /* Copy over and send the TELNET welcome message upon first connection */ - strcpy_P(AppData, WelcomeHeader); - uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData)); - - AppState->TELNETServer.NextState = TELNET_STATE_SendMenu; - break; - case TELNET_STATE_SendMenu: - /* Copy over and send the TELNET menu to the client */ - strcpy_P(AppData, TELNETMenu); - uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData)); - - AppState->TELNETServer.NextState = TELNET_STATE_GetCommand; - break; - case TELNET_STATE_GetCommand: - if (!(uip_datalen())) - break; - - /* Save the issued command for later processing */ - AppState->TELNETServer.IssuedCommand = AppData[0]; - - AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState = TELNET_STATE_SendResponse; - break; - case TELNET_STATE_SendResponse: - /* Determine which command was issued, perform command processing */ - switch (AppState->TELNETServer.IssuedCommand) - { - case 'c': - TELNETServerApp_DisplayTCPConnections(); - break; - default: - strcpy_P(AppData, PSTR("Invalid Command.\r\n")); - uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData)); - break; - } - - AppState->TELNETServer.NextState = TELNET_STATE_SendMenu; - break; - } - } -} - -/** Sends a list of active TCP connections to the TELNET client. */ -static void TELNETServerApp_DisplayTCPConnections(void) -{ - char* const AppData = (char*)uip_appdata; - - strcpy_P(AppData, CurrentConnectionsHeader); - - uint16_t ResponseLen = strlen(AppData); - uint8_t ActiveConnCount = 0; - - /* Loop through the complete uIP TCP connections list, looking for active connections */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++) - { - struct uip_conn* CurrConnection = &uip_conns[i]; - - /* If the connection is not closed, it is active and must be added to the out buffer */ - if (CurrConnection->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED) - { - /* Add the current connection's details to the out buffer */ - ResponseLen += sprintf_P(&AppData[ResponseLen], PSTR("%u) %d.%d.%d.%d (Local Port %u <=> Remote Port %u)\r\n"), - ++ActiveConnCount, - CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[0], - CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[1], - CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[2], - CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[3], - HTONS(CurrConnection->lport), HTONS(CurrConnection->rport)); - } - } - - uip_send(AppData, ResponseLen); -} - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h deleted file mode 100644 index 67301ba09..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for TELNETServerApp.c. - */ - -#ifndef _TELNETSERVER_APP_H_ -#define _TELNETSERVER_APP_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <avr/pgmspace.h> - #include <string.h> - #include <stdio.h> - - #include <uip.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - /* Macros: */ - /** TCP listen port for incoming TELNET traffic. */ - #define TELNET_SERVER_PORT 23 - - /* Enums: */ - /** States for each TELNET connection to the server. */ - enum TELNET_States_t - { - TELNET_STATE_SendHeader, /**< Currently sending welcome header to the client */ - TELNET_STATE_SendMenu, /**< Currently sending the command list menu to the client */ - TELNET_STATE_GetCommand, /**< Currently waiting for a command from the client */ - TELNET_STATE_SendResponse, /**< Processing the issued command and sending a response */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void TELNETServerApp_Init(void); - void TELNETServerApp_Callback(void); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TELNETSERVERAPP_C) - static void TELNETServerApp_DisplayTCPConnections(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c deleted file mode 100644 index 12f6c8f9e..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,298 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * uIP Management functions. This file contains the functions and globals needed to maintain the uIP - * stack once an RNDIS device has been attached to the system. - */ - -#define INCLUDE_FROM_UIPMANAGEMENT_C -#include "uIPManagement.h" - -/** Connection timer, to retain the time elapsed since the last time the uIP connections were managed. */ -static struct timer ConnectionTimer; - -/** ARP timer, to retain the time elapsed since the ARP cache was last updated. */ -static struct timer ARPTimer; - -/** MAC address of the RNDIS device, when enumerated. */ -struct uip_eth_addr MACAddress; - - -/** Configures the uIP stack ready for network traffic processing. */ -void uIPManagement_Init(void) -{ - /* uIP Timing Initialization */ - clock_init(); - timer_set(&ConnectionTimer, CLOCK_SECOND / 2); - timer_set(&ARPTimer, CLOCK_SECOND * 10); - - /* uIP Stack Initialization */ - uip_init(); - uip_arp_init(); - - /* DHCP/Server IP Settings Initialization */ - if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) - { - MACAddress.addr[0] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[0]; - MACAddress.addr[1] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[1]; - MACAddress.addr[2] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[2]; - MACAddress.addr[3] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[3]; - MACAddress.addr[4] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[4]; - MACAddress.addr[5] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[5]; - - #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) - DHCPServerApp_Init(); - #endif - - uip_ipaddr_t IPAddress, Netmask, GatewayIPAddress; - uip_ipaddr(&IPAddress, DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[0], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[1], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[2], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[3]); - uip_ipaddr(&Netmask, DEVICE_NETMASK[0], DEVICE_NETMASK[1], DEVICE_NETMASK[2], DEVICE_NETMASK[3]); - uip_ipaddr(&GatewayIPAddress, DEVICE_GATEWAY[0], DEVICE_GATEWAY[1], DEVICE_GATEWAY[2], DEVICE_GATEWAY[3]); - uip_sethostaddr(&IPAddress); - uip_setnetmask(&Netmask); - uip_setdraddr(&GatewayIPAddress); - } - else - { - #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) - DHCPClientApp_Init(); - #else - uip_ipaddr_t IPAddress, Netmask, GatewayIPAddress; - uip_ipaddr(&IPAddress, DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[0], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[1], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[2], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[3]); - uip_ipaddr(&Netmask, DEVICE_NETMASK[0], DEVICE_NETMASK[1], DEVICE_NETMASK[2], DEVICE_NETMASK[3]); - uip_ipaddr(&GatewayIPAddress, DEVICE_GATEWAY[0], DEVICE_GATEWAY[1], DEVICE_GATEWAY[2], DEVICE_GATEWAY[3]); - uip_sethostaddr(&IPAddress); - uip_setnetmask(&Netmask); - uip_setdraddr(&GatewayIPAddress); - #endif - } - - /* Virtual Webserver Ethernet Address Configuration */ - uip_setethaddr(MACAddress); - - /* HTTP Webserver Initialization */ - HTTPServerApp_Init(); - - /* TELNET Server Initialization */ - #if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER) - TELNETServerApp_Init(); - #endif -} - -/** uIP Management function. This function manages the uIP stack when called while an RNDIS device has been - * attached to the system. - */ -void uIPManagement_ManageNetwork(void) -{ - if (((USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host) && (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Configured)) || - ((USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) && (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured))) - { - uIPManagement_ProcessIncomingPacket(); - uIPManagement_ManageConnections(); - } -} - -/** uIP TCP/IP network stack callback function for the processing of a given TCP connection. This routine dispatches - * to the appropriate TCP protocol application based on the connection's listen port number. - */ -void uIPManagement_TCPCallback(void) -{ - /* Call the correct TCP application based on the port number the connection is listening on */ - switch (uip_conn->lport) - { - case HTONS(HTTP_SERVER_PORT): - HTTPServerApp_Callback(); - break; - #if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER) - case HTONS(TELNET_SERVER_PORT): - TELNETServerApp_Callback(); - break; - #endif - } -} - -/** uIP TCP/IP network stack callback function for the processing of a given UDP connection. This routine dispatches - * to the appropriate UDP protocol application based on the connection's listen port number. - */ -void uIPManagement_UDPCallback(void) -{ - /* Call the correct UDP application based on the port number the connection is listening on */ - switch (uip_udp_conn->lport) - { - #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) - case HTONS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT): - DHCPClientApp_Callback(); - break; - #endif - #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) - case HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT): - DHCPServerApp_Callback(); - break; - #endif - } -} - -/** Processes Incoming packets to the server from the connected RNDIS device, creating responses as needed. */ -static void uIPManagement_ProcessIncomingPacket(void) -{ - /* Determine which USB mode the system is currently initialized in */ - if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) - { - /* If no packet received, exit processing routine */ - if (!(RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device))) - return; - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); - - /* Read the Incoming packet straight into the UIP packet buffer */ - RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, &uip_len); - } - else - { - /* If no packet received, exit processing routine */ - if (!(RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host))) - return; - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); - - /* Read the Incoming packet straight into the UIP packet buffer */ - RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, &uip_len); - } - - /* If the packet contains an Ethernet frame, process it */ - if (uip_len > 0) - { - switch (((struct uip_eth_hdr*)uip_buf)->type) - { - case HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP): - /* Filter packet by MAC destination */ - uip_arp_ipin(); - - /* Process Incoming packet */ - uip_input(); - - /* If a response was generated, send it */ - if (uip_len > 0) - { - /* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */ - uip_arp_out(); - - uip_split_output(); - } - - break; - case HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP): - /* Process ARP packet */ - uip_arp_arpin(); - - /* If a response was generated, send it */ - if (uip_len > 0) - uip_split_output(); - - break; - } - } - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); -} - -/** Manages the currently open network connections, including TCP and (if enabled) UDP. */ -static void uIPManagement_ManageConnections(void) -{ - /* Poll TCP connections for more data to send back to the host */ - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++) - { - uip_poll_conn(&uip_conns[i]); - - /* If a response was generated, send it */ - if (uip_len > 0) - { - /* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */ - uip_arp_out(); - - /* Split and send the outgoing packet */ - uip_split_output(); - } - } - - /* Manage open connections for timeouts */ - if (timer_expired(&ConnectionTimer)) - { - timer_reset(&ConnectionTimer); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); - - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++) - { - /* Run periodic connection management for each TCP connection */ - uip_periodic(i); - - /* If a response was generated, send it */ - if (uip_len > 0) - { - /* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */ - uip_arp_out(); - - /* Split and send the outgoing packet */ - uip_split_output(); - } - } - - #if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) - { - /* Run periodic connection management for each UDP connection */ - uip_udp_periodic(i); - - /* If a response was generated, send it */ - if (uip_len > 0) - { - /* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */ - uip_arp_out(); - - /* Split and send the outgoing packet */ - uip_split_output(); - } - } - #endif - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); - } - - /* Manage ARP cache refreshing */ - if (timer_expired(&ARPTimer)) - { - timer_reset(&ARPTimer); - uip_arp_timer(); - } -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3bdc5c96b..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.lufa-lib.org -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this - software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted - without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in - all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for uIPManagement.c. - */ - -#ifndef _UIP_MANAGEMENT_H_ -#define _UIP_MANAGEMENT_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - - #include <uip.h> - #include <uip_arp.h> - #include <uip-split.h> - #include <timer.h> - - #include "Config/AppConfig.h" - - #include "DHCPClientApp.h" - #include "DHCPServerApp.h" - #include "HTTPServerApp.h" - #include "TELNETServerApp.h" - - /* External Variables: */ - extern struct uip_eth_addr MACAddress; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void uIPManagement_Init(void); - void uIPManagement_ManageNetwork(void); - void uIPManagement_TCPCallback(void); - void uIPManagement_UDPCallback(void); - - #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_UIPMANAGEMENT_C) - static void uIPManagement_ProcessIncomingPacket(void); - static void uIPManagement_ManageConnections(void); - #endif - -#endif - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c deleted file mode 100644 index e71f7209d..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -#include <stdint.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <stdio.h> - -#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> - -#include "clock.h" - -//Counted time -volatile clock_time_t clock_datetime = 0; - -//Overflow interrupt -ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) -{ - clock_datetime += 1; -} - -//Initialise the clock -void clock_init() -{ - OCR1A = (((F_CPU / 1024) / 100) - 1); - TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12) | (1 << CS10)); - TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A); -} - -//Return time -clock_time_t clock_time() -{ - clock_time_t time; - - GlobalInterruptDisable(); - time = clock_datetime; - GlobalInterruptEnable(); - - return time; -} - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h deleted file mode 100644 index bbfa4ac0e..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef __CLOCK_ARCH_H__ -#define __CLOCK_ARCH_H__ - -#include <stdint.h> -#include <util/atomic.h> - -typedef uint16_t clock_time_t; -#define CLOCK_SECOND 100 -void clock_init(void); -clock_time_t clock_time(void); - -#endif /* __CLOCK_ARCH_H__ */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c deleted file mode 100644 index eae06f43b..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \addtogroup timer - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \file - * Timer library implementation. - * \author - * Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack - * - * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - * - * $Id: timer.c,v 1.2 2006/06/12 08:00:30 adam Exp $ - */ - -#include "clock.h" -#include "timer.h" - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Set a timer. - * - * This function is used to set a timer for a time sometime in the - * future. The function timer_expired() will evaluate to true after - * the timer has expired. - * - * \param t A pointer to the timer - * \param interval The interval before the timer expires. - * - */ -void -timer_set(struct timer *t, clock_time_t interval) -{ - t->interval = interval; - t->start = clock_time(); -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Reset the timer with the same interval. - * - * This function resets the timer with the same interval that was - * given to the timer_set() function. The start point of the interval - * is the exact time that the timer last expired. Therefore, this - * function will cause the timer to be stable over time, unlike the - * timer_restart() function. - * - * \param t A pointer to the timer. - * - * \sa timer_restart() - */ -void -timer_reset(struct timer *t) -{ - t->start += t->interval; -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Restart the timer from the current point in time - * - * This function restarts a timer with the same interval that was - * given to the timer_set() function. The timer will start at the - * current time. - * - * \note A periodic timer will drift if this function is used to reset - * it. For periodic timers, use the timer_reset() function instead. - * - * \param t A pointer to the timer. - * - * \sa timer_reset() - */ -void -timer_restart(struct timer *t) -{ - t->start = clock_time(); -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Check if a timer has expired. - * - * This function tests if a timer has expired and returns true or - * false depending on its status. - * - * \param t A pointer to the timer - * - * \return Non-zero if the timer has expired, zero otherwise. - * - */ -int -timer_expired(struct timer *t) -{ - return (clock_time_t)(clock_time() - t->start) >= (clock_time_t)t->interval; -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @} */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 04917e4c5..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \defgroup timer Timer library - * - * The timer library provides functions for setting, resetting and - * restarting timers, and for checking if a timer has expired. An - * application must "manually" check if its timers have expired; this - * is not done automatically. - * - * A timer is declared as a \c struct \c timer and all access to the - * timer is made by a pointer to the declared timer. - * - * \note The timer library uses the \ref clock "Clock library" to - * measure time. Intervals should be specified in the format used by - * the clock library. - * - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * \file - * Timer library header file. - * \author - * Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack - * - * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - * - * $Id: timer.h,v 1.3 2006/06/11 21:46:39 adam Exp $ - */ -#ifndef __TIMER_H__ -#define __TIMER_H__ - -#include "clock.h" - -/** - * A timer. - * - * This structure is used for declaring a timer. The timer must be set - * with timer_set() before it can be used. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -struct timer { - clock_time_t start; - clock_time_t interval; -}; - -void timer_set(struct timer *t, clock_time_t interval); -void timer_reset(struct timer *t); -void timer_restart(struct timer *t); -int timer_expired(struct timer *t); - -#endif /* __TIMER_H__ */ - -/** @} */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5222a05b6..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the Contiki operating system. - * - * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - * - * $Id: uip-split.c,v 1.2 2008/10/14 13:39:12 julienabeille Exp $ - */ - -#include "uip-split.h" - - -#define BUF ((struct uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN]) - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_split_output(void) -{ -#if UIP_TCP - u16_t tcplen, len1, len2; - - /* We only try to split maximum sized TCP segments. */ - if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_TCP && uip_len == UIP_BUFSIZE) { - - tcplen = uip_len - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN - UIP_LLH_LEN; - /* Split the segment in two. If the original packet length was - odd, we make the second packet one byte larger. */ - len1 = len2 = tcplen / 2; - if(len1 + len2 < tcplen) { - ++len2; - } - - /* Create the first packet. This is done by altering the length - field of the IP header and updating the checksums. */ - uip_len = len1 + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN; -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header - length. */ - BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8); - BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff); -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - BUF->len[0] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) >> 8; - BUF->len[1] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) & 0xff; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* Recalculate the TCP checksum. */ - BUF->tcpchksum = 0; - BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum()); - -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* Recalculate the IP checksum. */ - BUF->ipchksum = 0; - BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum()); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* Transmit the first packet. */ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - tcpip_ipv6_output(); -#else - if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) - RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, uip_len); - else - RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, uip_len); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* Now, create the second packet. To do this, it is not enough to - just alter the length field, but we must also update the TCP - sequence number and point the uip_appdata to a new place in - memory. This place is determined by the length of the first - packet (len1). */ - uip_len = len2 + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN; -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header - length. */ - BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8); - BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff); -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - BUF->len[0] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) >> 8; - BUF->len[1] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) & 0xff; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - memcpy(uip_appdata, (u8_t *)uip_appdata + len1, len2); - - uip_add32(BUF->seqno, len1); - BUF->seqno[0] = uip_acc32[0]; - BUF->seqno[1] = uip_acc32[1]; - BUF->seqno[2] = uip_acc32[2]; - BUF->seqno[3] = uip_acc32[3]; - - /* Recalculate the TCP checksum. */ - BUF->tcpchksum = 0; - BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum()); - -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* Recalculate the IP checksum. */ - BUF->ipchksum = 0; - BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum()); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* Transmit the second packet. */ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - tcpip_ipv6_output(); -#else - if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) - RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, uip_len); - else - RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, uip_len); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - return; - } -#endif /* UIP_TCP */ - - /* uip_fw_output();*/ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - tcpip_ipv6_output(); -#else - if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) - RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, uip_len); - else - RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, uip_len); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -} - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0c768ce40..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND - * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS - * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) - * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT - * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY - * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF - * SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the Contiki operating system. - * - * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - * - * $Id: uip-split.h,v 1.1 2006/06/17 22:41:19 adamdunkels Exp $ - */ -/** - * \addtogroup uip - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \defgroup uipsplit uIP TCP throughput booster hack - * @{ - * - * The basic uIP TCP implementation only allows each TCP connection to - * have a single TCP segment in flight at any given time. Because of - * the delayed ACK algorithm employed by most TCP receivers, uIP's - * limit on the amount of in-flight TCP segments seriously reduces the - * maximum achievable throughput for sending data from uIP. - * - * The uip-split module is a hack which tries to remedy this - * situation. By splitting maximum sized outgoing TCP segments into - * two, the delayed ACK algorithm is not invoked at TCP - * receivers. This improves the throughput when sending data from uIP - * by orders of magnitude. - * - * The uip-split module uses the uip-fw module (uIP IP packet - * forwarding) for sending packets. Therefore, the uip-fw module must - * be set up with the appropriate network interfaces for this module - * to work. - */ - - -/** - * \file - * Module for splitting outbound TCP segments in two to avoid the - * delayed ACK throughput degradation. - * \author - * Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se> - * - */ - -#ifndef __UIP_SPLIT_H__ -#define __UIP_SPLIT_H__ - -#include <string.h> -#include <uip.h> - -#include "../../USBHostMode.h" - -#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> - -/** - * Handle outgoing packets. - * - * This function inspects an outgoing packet in the uip_buf buffer and - * sends it out using the uip_fw_output() function. If the packet is a - * full-sized TCP segment it will be split into two segments and - * transmitted separately. This function should be called instead of - * the actual device driver output function, or the uip_fw_output() - * function. - * - * The headers of the outgoing packet is assumed to be in the uip_buf - * buffer and the payload is assumed to be wherever uip_appdata - * points. The length of the outgoing packet is assumed to be in the - * uip_len variable. - * - */ -void uip_split_output(void); -void uip_add32(u8_t *op32, u16_t op16); -#endif /* __UIP_SPLIT_H__ */ - -/** @} */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c deleted file mode 100644 index fead75775..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1941 +0,0 @@ -#define DEBUG_PRINTF(...) /*printf(__VA_ARGS__)*/ - -/** - * \addtogroup uip - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \file - * The uIP TCP/IP stack code. - * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com> - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote - * products derived from this software without specific prior - * written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS - * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED - * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY - * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE - * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, - * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING - * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS - * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack. - * - * $Id: uip.c,v 1.15 2008/10/15 08:08:32 adamdunkels Exp $ - * - */ - -/* - * uIP is a small implementation of the IP, UDP and TCP protocols (as - * well as some basic ICMP stuff). The implementation couples the IP, - * UDP, TCP and the application layers very tightly. To keep the size - * of the compiled code down, this code frequently uses the goto - * statement. While it would be possible to break the uip_process() - * function into many smaller functions, this would increase the code - * size because of the overhead of parameter passing and the fact that - * the optimizer would not be as efficient. - * - * The principle is that we have a small buffer, called the uip_buf, - * in which the device driver puts an incoming packet. The TCP/IP - * stack parses the headers in the packet, and calls the - * application. If the remote host has sent data to the application, - * this data is present in the uip_buf and the application read the - * data from there. It is up to the application to put this data into - * a byte stream if needed. The application will not be fed with data - * that is out of sequence. - * - * If the application whishes to send data to the peer, it should put - * its data into the uip_buf. The uip_appdata pointer points to the - * first available byte. The TCP/IP stack will calculate the - * checksums, and fill in the necessary header fields and finally send - * the packet back to the peer. -*/ - -#include "uip.h" -#include "uipopt.h" -#include "uip_arp.h" - -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 /* If UIP_CONF_IPV6 is defined, we compile the - uip6.c file instead of this one. Therefore - this #ifndef removes the entire compilation - output of the uip.c file */ - - -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 -#include "net/uip-neighbor.h" -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - -#include <string.h> - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Variable definitions. */ - - -/* The IP address of this host. If it is defined to be fixed (by - setting UIP_FIXEDADDR to 1 in uipopt.h), the address is set - here. Otherwise, the address */ -#if UIP_FIXEDADDR > 0 -const uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr = - { UIP_IPADDR0, UIP_IPADDR1, UIP_IPADDR2, UIP_IPADDR3 }; -const uip_ipaddr_t uip_draddr = - { UIP_DRIPADDR0, UIP_DRIPADDR1, UIP_DRIPADDR2, UIP_DRIPADDR3 }; -const uip_ipaddr_t uip_netmask = - { UIP_NETMASK0, UIP_NETMASK1, UIP_NETMASK2, UIP_NETMASK3 }; -#else -uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr, uip_draddr, uip_netmask; -#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */ - -const uip_ipaddr_t uip_broadcast_addr = -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - { { 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, - 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff } }; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - { { 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff } }; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -const uip_ipaddr_t uip_all_zeroes_addr = { { 0x0, /* rest is 0 */ } }; - -#if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR -const struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr = {{UIP_ETHADDR0, - UIP_ETHADDR1, - UIP_ETHADDR2, - UIP_ETHADDR3, - UIP_ETHADDR4, - UIP_ETHADDR5}}; -#else -struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr = {{0,0,0,0,0,0}}; -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_EXTERNAL_BUFFER -u8_t uip_buf[UIP_BUFSIZE + 2]; /* The packet buffer that contains - incoming packets. */ -#endif /* UIP_CONF_EXTERNAL_BUFFER */ - -void *uip_appdata; /* The uip_appdata pointer points to - application data. */ -void *uip_sappdata; /* The uip_appdata pointer points to - the application data which is to - be sent. */ -#if UIP_URGDATA > 0 -void *uip_urgdata; /* The uip_urgdata pointer points to - urgent data (out-of-band data), if - present. */ -u16_t uip_urglen, uip_surglen; -#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */ - -u16_t uip_len, uip_slen; - /* The uip_len is either 8 or 16 bits, - depending on the maximum packet - size. */ - -u8_t uip_flags; /* The uip_flags variable is used for - communication between the TCP/IP stack - and the application program. */ -struct uip_conn *uip_conn; /* uip_conn always points to the current - connection. */ - -struct uip_conn uip_conns[UIP_CONNS]; - /* The uip_conns array holds all TCP - connections. */ -u16_t uip_listenports[UIP_LISTENPORTS]; - /* The uip_listenports list all currently - listening ports. */ -#if UIP_UDP -struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_conn; -struct uip_udp_conn uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS]; -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - -static u16_t ipid; /* Ths ipid variable is an increasing - number that is used for the IP ID - field. */ - -void uip_setipid(u16_t id) { ipid = id; } - -static u8_t iss[4]; /* The iss variable is used for the TCP - initial sequence number. */ - -#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN -static u16_t lastport; /* Keeps track of the last port used for - a new connection. */ -#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - -/* Temporary variables. */ -u8_t uip_acc32[4]; -static u8_t c, opt; -static u16_t tmp16; - -/* Structures and definitions. */ -#define TCP_FIN 0x01 -#define TCP_SYN 0x02 -#define TCP_RST 0x04 -#define TCP_PSH 0x08 -#define TCP_ACK 0x10 -#define TCP_URG 0x20 -#define TCP_CTL 0x3f - -#define TCP_OPT_END 0 /* End of TCP options list */ -#define TCP_OPT_NOOP 1 /* "No-operation" TCP option */ -#define TCP_OPT_MSS 2 /* Maximum segment size TCP option */ - -#define TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN 4 /* Length of TCP MSS option. */ - -#define ICMP_ECHO_REPLY 0 -#define ICMP_ECHO 8 - -#define ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE 3 -#define ICMP_PORT_UNREACHABLE 3 - -#define ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY 129 -#define ICMP6_ECHO 128 -#define ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_SOLICITATION 135 -#define ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_ADVERTISEMENT 136 - -#define ICMP6_FLAG_S (1 << 6) - -#define ICMP6_OPTION_SOURCE_LINK_ADDRESS 1 -#define ICMP6_OPTION_TARGET_LINK_ADDRESS 2 - - -/* Macros. */ -#define BUF ((struct uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN]) -#define FBUF ((struct uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_reassbuf[0]) -#define ICMPBUF ((struct uip_icmpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN]) -#define UDPBUF ((struct uip_udpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN]) - - -#if UIP_STATISTICS == 1 -struct uip_stats uip_stat; -#define UIP_STAT(s) s -#else -#define UIP_STAT(s) -#endif /* UIP_STATISTICS == 1 */ - -#if UIP_LOGGING == 1 -#include <stdio.h> -void uip_log(char *msg); -#define UIP_LOG(m) uip_log(m) -#else -#define UIP_LOG(m) -#endif /* UIP_LOGGING == 1 */ - -#if ! UIP_ARCH_ADD32 -void -uip_add32(u8_t *op32, u16_t op16) -{ - uip_acc32[3] = op32[3] + (op16 & 0xff); - uip_acc32[2] = op32[2] + (op16 >> 8); - uip_acc32[1] = op32[1]; - uip_acc32[0] = op32[0]; - - if(uip_acc32[2] < (op16 >> 8)) { - ++uip_acc32[1]; - if(uip_acc32[1] == 0) { - ++uip_acc32[0]; - } - } - - - if(uip_acc32[3] < (op16 & 0xff)) { - ++uip_acc32[2]; - if(uip_acc32[2] == 0) { - ++uip_acc32[1]; - if(uip_acc32[1] == 0) { - ++uip_acc32[0]; - } - } - } -} - -#endif /* UIP_ARCH_ADD32 */ - -#if ! UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -static u16_t -chksum(u16_t sum, const u8_t *data, u16_t len) -{ - u16_t t; - const u8_t *dataptr; - const u8_t *last_byte; - - dataptr = data; - last_byte = data + len - 1; - - while(dataptr < last_byte) { /* At least two more bytes */ - t = (dataptr[0] << 8) + dataptr[1]; - sum += t; - if(sum < t) { - sum++; /* carry */ - } - dataptr += 2; - } - - if(dataptr == last_byte) { - t = (dataptr[0] << 8) + 0; - sum += t; - if(sum < t) { - sum++; /* carry */ - } - } - - /* Return sum in host byte order. */ - return sum; -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -u16_t -uip_chksum(u16_t *data, u16_t len) -{ - return htons(chksum(0, (u8_t *)data, len)); -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef UIP_ARCH_IPCHKSUM -u16_t -uip_ipchksum(void) -{ - u16_t sum; - - sum = chksum(0, &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], UIP_IPH_LEN); - DEBUG_PRINTF("uip_ipchksum: sum 0x%04x\n", sum); - return (sum == 0) ? 0xffff : htons(sum); -} -#endif -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -static u16_t -upper_layer_chksum(u8_t proto) -{ - u16_t upper_layer_len; - u16_t sum; - -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - upper_layer_len = (((u16_t)(BUF->len[0]) << 8) + BUF->len[1]); -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - upper_layer_len = (((u16_t)(BUF->len[0]) << 8) + BUF->len[1]) - UIP_IPH_LEN; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* First sum pseudo-header. */ - - /* IP protocol and length fields. This addition cannot carry. */ - sum = upper_layer_len + proto; - /* Sum IP source and destination addresses. */ - sum = chksum(sum, (u8_t *)&BUF->srcipaddr, 2 * sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - - /* Sum TCP header and data. */ - sum = chksum(sum, &uip_buf[UIP_IPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN], - upper_layer_len); - - return (sum == 0) ? 0xffff : htons(sum); -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 -u16_t -uip_icmp6chksum(void) -{ - return upper_layer_chksum(UIP_PROTO_ICMP6); - -} -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -u16_t -uip_tcpchksum(void) -{ - return upper_layer_chksum(UIP_PROTO_TCP); -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS -u16_t -uip_udpchksum(void) -{ - return upper_layer_chksum(UIP_PROTO_UDP); -} -#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */ -#endif /* UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM */ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_init(void) -{ - for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) { - uip_listenports[c] = 0; - } - for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) { - uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - } -#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN - lastport = 1024; -#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - -#if UIP_UDP - for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) { - uip_udp_conns[c].lport = 0; - } -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - - - /* IPv4 initialization. */ -#if UIP_FIXEDADDR == 0 - /* uip_hostaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[1] = 0;*/ -#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */ - -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN -struct uip_conn * -uip_connect(uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport) -{ - register struct uip_conn *conn, *cconn; - - /* Find an unused local port. */ - again: - ++lastport; - - if(lastport >= 32000) { - lastport = 4096; - } - - /* Check if this port is already in use, and if so try to find - another one. */ - for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) { - conn = &uip_conns[c]; - if(conn->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED && - conn->lport == htons(lastport)) { - goto again; - } - } - - conn = 0; - for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) { - cconn = &uip_conns[c]; - if(cconn->tcpstateflags == UIP_CLOSED) { - conn = cconn; - break; - } - if(cconn->tcpstateflags == UIP_TIME_WAIT) { - if(conn == 0 || - cconn->timer > conn->timer) { - conn = cconn; - } - } - } - - if(conn == 0) { - return 0; - } - - conn->tcpstateflags = UIP_SYN_SENT; - - conn->snd_nxt[0] = iss[0]; - conn->snd_nxt[1] = iss[1]; - conn->snd_nxt[2] = iss[2]; - conn->snd_nxt[3] = iss[3]; - - conn->initialmss = conn->mss = UIP_TCP_MSS; - - conn->len = 1; /* TCP length of the SYN is one. */ - conn->nrtx = 0; - conn->timer = 1; /* Send the SYN next time around. */ - conn->rto = UIP_RTO; - conn->sa = 0; - conn->sv = 16; /* Initial value of the RTT variance. */ - conn->lport = htons(lastport); - conn->rport = rport; - uip_ipaddr_copy(&conn->ripaddr, ripaddr); - - return conn; -} -#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if UIP_UDP -struct uip_udp_conn * -uip_udp_new(const uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport) -{ - register struct uip_udp_conn *conn; - - /* Find an unused local port. */ - again: - ++lastport; - - if(lastport >= 32000) { - lastport = 4096; - } - - for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) { - if(uip_udp_conns[c].lport == htons(lastport)) { - goto again; - } - } - - - conn = 0; - for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) { - if(uip_udp_conns[c].lport == 0) { - conn = &uip_udp_conns[c]; - break; - } - } - - if(conn == 0) { - return 0; - } - - conn->lport = HTONS(lastport); - conn->rport = rport; - if(ripaddr == NULL) { - memset(&conn->ripaddr, 0, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t)); - } else { - uip_ipaddr_copy(&conn->ripaddr, ripaddr); - } - conn->ttl = UIP_TTL; - - return conn; -} -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_unlisten(u16_t port) -{ - for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) { - if(uip_listenports[c] == port) { - uip_listenports[c] = 0; - return; - } - } -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_listen(u16_t port) -{ - for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) { - if(uip_listenports[c] == 0) { - uip_listenports[c] = port; - return; - } - } -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* XXX: IP fragment reassembly: not well-tested. */ - -#if UIP_REASSEMBLY && !UIP_CONF_IPV6 -#define UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN) -static u8_t uip_reassbuf[UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE]; -static u8_t uip_reassbitmap[UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE / (8 * 8)]; -static const u8_t bitmap_bits[8] = {0xff, 0x7f, 0x3f, 0x1f, - 0x0f, 0x07, 0x03, 0x01}; -static u16_t uip_reasslen; -static u8_t uip_reassflags; -#define UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG 0x01 -static u8_t uip_reasstmr; - -#define IP_MF 0x20 - -static u8_t -uip_reass(void) -{ - u16_t offset, len; - u16_t i; - - /* If ip_reasstmr is zero, no packet is present in the buffer, so we - write the IP header of the fragment into the reassembly - buffer. The timer is updated with the maximum age. */ - if(uip_reasstmr == 0) { - memcpy(uip_reassbuf, &BUF->vhl, UIP_IPH_LEN); - uip_reasstmr = UIP_REASS_MAXAGE; - uip_reassflags = 0; - /* Clear the bitmap. */ - memset(uip_reassbitmap, 0, sizeof(uip_reassbitmap)); - } - - /* Check if the incoming fragment matches the one currently present - in the reasembly buffer. If so, we proceed with copying the - fragment into the buffer. */ - if(BUF->srcipaddr[0] == FBUF->srcipaddr[0] && - BUF->srcipaddr[1] == FBUF->srcipaddr[1] && - BUF->destipaddr[0] == FBUF->destipaddr[0] && - BUF->destipaddr[1] == FBUF->destipaddr[1] && - BUF->ipid[0] == FBUF->ipid[0] && - BUF->ipid[1] == FBUF->ipid[1]) { - - len = (BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1] - (BUF->vhl & 0x0f) * 4; - offset = (((BUF->ipoffset[0] & 0x3f) << 8) + BUF->ipoffset[1]) * 8; - - /* If the offset or the offset + fragment length overflows the - reassembly buffer, we discard the entire packet. */ - if(offset > UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE || - offset + len > UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE) { - uip_reasstmr = 0; - goto nullreturn; - } - - /* Copy the fragment into the reassembly buffer, at the right - offset. */ - memcpy(&uip_reassbuf[UIP_IPH_LEN + offset], - (char *)BUF + (int)((BUF->vhl & 0x0f) * 4), - len); - - /* Update the bitmap. */ - if(offset / (8 * 8) == (offset + len) / (8 * 8)) { - /* If the two endpoints are in the same byte, we only update - that byte. */ - - uip_reassbitmap[offset / (8 * 8)] |= - bitmap_bits[(offset / 8 ) & 7] & - ~bitmap_bits[((offset + len) / 8 ) & 7]; - } else { - /* If the two endpoints are in different bytes, we update the - bytes in the endpoints and fill the stuff in-between with - 0xff. */ - uip_reassbitmap[offset / (8 * 8)] |= - bitmap_bits[(offset / 8 ) & 7]; - for(i = 1 + offset / (8 * 8); i < (offset + len) / (8 * 8); ++i) { - uip_reassbitmap[i] = 0xff; - } - uip_reassbitmap[(offset + len) / (8 * 8)] |= - ~bitmap_bits[((offset + len) / 8 ) & 7]; - } - - /* If this fragment has the More Fragments flag set to zero, we - know that this is the last fragment, so we can calculate the - size of the entire packet. We also set the - IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG flag to indicate that we have received - the final fragment. */ - - if((BUF->ipoffset[0] & IP_MF) == 0) { - uip_reassflags |= UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG; - uip_reasslen = offset + len; - } - - /* Finally, we check if we have a full packet in the buffer. We do - this by checking if we have the last fragment and if all bits - in the bitmap are set. */ - if(uip_reassflags & UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG) { - /* Check all bytes up to and including all but the last byte in - the bitmap. */ - for(i = 0; i < uip_reasslen / (8 * 8) - 1; ++i) { - if(uip_reassbitmap[i] != 0xff) { - goto nullreturn; - } - } - /* Check the last byte in the bitmap. It should contain just the - right amount of bits. */ - if(uip_reassbitmap[uip_reasslen / (8 * 8)] != - (u8_t)~bitmap_bits[uip_reasslen / 8 & 7]) { - goto nullreturn; - } - - /* If we have come this far, we have a full packet in the - buffer, so we allocate a pbuf and copy the packet into it. We - also reset the timer. */ - uip_reasstmr = 0; - memcpy(BUF, FBUF, uip_reasslen); - - /* Pretend to be a "normal" (i.e., not fragmented) IP packet - from now on. */ - BUF->ipoffset[0] = BUF->ipoffset[1] = 0; - BUF->len[0] = uip_reasslen >> 8; - BUF->len[1] = uip_reasslen & 0xff; - BUF->ipchksum = 0; - BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum()); - - return uip_reasslen; - } - } - - nullreturn: - return 0; -} -#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -static void -uip_add_rcv_nxt(u16_t n) -{ - uip_add32(uip_conn->rcv_nxt, n); - uip_conn->rcv_nxt[0] = uip_acc32[0]; - uip_conn->rcv_nxt[1] = uip_acc32[1]; - uip_conn->rcv_nxt[2] = uip_acc32[2]; - uip_conn->rcv_nxt[3] = uip_acc32[3]; -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_process(u8_t flag) -{ - register struct uip_conn *uip_connr = uip_conn; - -#if UIP_UDP - if(flag == UIP_UDP_SEND_CONN) { - goto udp_send; - } -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - - uip_sappdata = uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN]; - - /* Check if we were invoked because of a poll request for a - particular connection. */ - if(flag == UIP_POLL_REQUEST) { - if((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) == UIP_ESTABLISHED && - !uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) { - uip_len = uip_slen = 0; - uip_flags = UIP_POLL; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto appsend; - } - goto drop; - - /* Check if we were invoked because of the periodic timer firing. */ - } else if(flag == UIP_TIMER) { -#if UIP_REASSEMBLY - if(uip_reasstmr != 0) { - --uip_reasstmr; - } -#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */ - /* Increase the initial sequence number. */ - if(++iss[3] == 0) { - if(++iss[2] == 0) { - if(++iss[1] == 0) { - ++iss[0]; - } - } - } - - /* Reset the length variables. */ - uip_len = 0; - uip_slen = 0; - - /* Check if the connection is in a state in which we simply wait - for the connection to time out. If so, we increase the - connection's timer and remove the connection if it times - out. */ - if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_TIME_WAIT || - uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_FIN_WAIT_2) { - ++(uip_connr->timer); - if(uip_connr->timer == UIP_TIME_WAIT_TIMEOUT) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - } - } else if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED) { - /* If the connection has outstanding data, we increase the - connection's timer and see if it has reached the RTO value - in which case we retransmit. */ - if(uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) { - if(uip_connr->timer-- == 0) { - if(uip_connr->nrtx == UIP_MAXRTX || - ((uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_SYN_SENT || - uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_SYN_RCVD) && - uip_connr->nrtx == UIP_MAXSYNRTX)) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - - /* We call UIP_APPCALL() with uip_flags set to - UIP_TIMEDOUT to inform the application that the - connection has timed out. */ - uip_flags = UIP_TIMEDOUT; - UIP_APPCALL(); - - /* We also send a reset packet to the remote host. */ - BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK; - goto tcp_send_nodata; - } - - /* Exponential back-off. */ - uip_connr->timer = UIP_RTO << (uip_connr->nrtx > 4? - 4: - uip_connr->nrtx); - ++(uip_connr->nrtx); - - /* Ok, so we need to retransmit. We do this differently - depending on which state we are in. In ESTABLISHED, we - call upon the application so that it may prepare the - data for the retransmit. In SYN_RCVD, we resend the - SYNACK that we sent earlier and in LAST_ACK we have to - retransmit our FINACK. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.rexmit); - switch(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) { - case UIP_SYN_RCVD: - /* In the SYN_RCVD state, we should retransmit our - SYNACK. */ - goto tcp_send_synack; - -#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN - case UIP_SYN_SENT: - /* In the SYN_SENT state, we retransmit out SYN. */ - BUF->flags = 0; - goto tcp_send_syn; -#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - - case UIP_ESTABLISHED: - /* In the ESTABLISHED state, we call upon the application - to do the actual retransmit after which we jump into - the code for sending out the packet (the apprexmit - label). */ - uip_flags = UIP_REXMIT; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto apprexmit; - - case UIP_FIN_WAIT_1: - case UIP_CLOSING: - case UIP_LAST_ACK: - /* In all these states we should retransmit a FINACK. */ - goto tcp_send_finack; - - } - } - } else if((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) == UIP_ESTABLISHED) { - /* If there was no need for a retransmission, we poll the - application for new data. */ - uip_len = uip_slen = 0; - uip_flags = UIP_POLL; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto appsend; - } - } - goto drop; - } -#if UIP_UDP - if(flag == UIP_UDP_TIMER) { - if(uip_udp_conn->lport != 0) { - uip_conn = NULL; - uip_sappdata = uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN]; - uip_len = uip_slen = 0; - uip_flags = UIP_POLL; - UIP_UDP_APPCALL(); - goto udp_send; - } else { - goto drop; - } - } -#endif - - /* This is where the input processing starts. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.recv); - - /* Start of IP input header processing code. */ - -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* Check validity of the IP header. */ - if((BUF->vtc & 0xf0) != 0x60) { /* IP version and header length. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.vhlerr); - UIP_LOG("ipv6: invalid version."); - goto drop; - } -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - /* Check validity of the IP header. */ - if(BUF->vhl != 0x45) { /* IP version and header length. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.vhlerr); - UIP_LOG("ip: invalid version or header length."); - goto drop; - } -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* Check the size of the packet. If the size reported to us in - uip_len is smaller the size reported in the IP header, we assume - that the packet has been corrupted in transit. If the size of - uip_len is larger than the size reported in the IP packet header, - the packet has been padded and we set uip_len to the correct - value.. */ - - if((BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1] <= uip_len) { - uip_len = (BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1]; -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - uip_len += 40; /* The length reported in the IPv6 header is the - length of the payload that follows the - header. However, uIP uses the uip_len variable - for holding the size of the entire packet, - including the IP header. For IPv4 this is not a - problem as the length field in the IPv4 header - contains the length of the entire packet. But - for IPv6 we need to add the size of the IPv6 - header (40 bytes). */ -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - } else { - UIP_LOG("ip: packet shorter than reported in IP header."); - goto drop; - } - -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* Check the fragment flag. */ - if((BUF->ipoffset[0] & 0x3f) != 0 || - BUF->ipoffset[1] != 0) { -#if UIP_REASSEMBLY - uip_len = uip_reass(); - if(uip_len == 0) { - goto drop; - } -#else /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.fragerr); - UIP_LOG("ip: fragment dropped."); - goto drop; -#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */ - } -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_hostaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) { - /* If we are configured to use ping IP address configuration and - hasn't been assigned an IP address yet, we accept all ICMP - packets. */ -#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF && !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_ICMP) { - UIP_LOG("ip: possible ping config packet received."); - goto icmp_input; - } else { - UIP_LOG("ip: packet dropped since no address assigned."); - goto drop; - } -#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */ - - } else { - /* If IP broadcast support is configured, we check for a broadcast - UDP packet, which may be destined to us. */ -#if UIP_BROADCAST - DEBUG_PRINTF("UDP IP checksum 0x%04x\n", uip_ipchksum()); - if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_UDP && - uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr)) - { - if (uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr); - - goto udp_input; - } -#endif /* UIP_BROADCAST */ - - /* Check if the packet is destined for our IP address. */ -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - if(!uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_hostaddr)) { - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - goto drop; - } -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - /* For IPv6, packet reception is a little trickier as we need to - make sure that we listen to certain multicast addresses (all - hosts multicast address, and the solicited-node multicast - address) as well. However, we will cheat here and accept all - multicast packets that are sent to the ff02::/16 addresses. */ - if(!uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_hostaddr) && - BUF->destipaddr.u16[0] != HTONS(0xff02)) { - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - goto drop; - } -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - } - -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - if(uip_ipchksum() != 0xffff) { /* Compute and check the IP header - checksum. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.chkerr); - UIP_LOG("ip: bad checksum."); - goto drop; - } -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_TCP) { /* Check for TCP packet. If so, - proceed with TCP input - processing. */ - goto tcp_input; - } - -#if UIP_UDP - if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_UDP) { - goto udp_input; - } -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* ICMPv4 processing code follows. */ - if(BUF->proto != UIP_PROTO_ICMP) { /* We only allow ICMP packets from - here. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.protoerr); - UIP_LOG("ip: neither tcp nor icmp."); - goto drop; - } - -#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF - icmp_input: -#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.recv); - - /* ICMP echo (i.e., ping) processing. This is simple, we only change - the ICMP type from ECHO to ECHO_REPLY and adjust the ICMP - checksum before we return the packet. */ - if(ICMPBUF->type != ICMP_ECHO) { - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.typeerr); - UIP_LOG("icmp: not icmp echo."); - goto drop; - } - - /* If we are configured to use ping IP address assignment, we use - the destination IP address of this ping packet and assign it to - yourself. */ -#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_hostaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) { - uip_hostaddr = BUF->destipaddr; - } -#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */ - - ICMPBUF->type = ICMP_ECHO_REPLY; - - if(ICMPBUF->icmpchksum >= HTONS(0xffff - (ICMP_ECHO << 8))) { - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum += HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8) + 1; - } else { - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum += HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8); - } - - /* Swap IP addresses. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.sent); - BUF->ttl = UIP_TTL; - goto ip_send_nolen; - - /* End of IPv4 input header processing code. */ -#else /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* This is IPv6 ICMPv6 processing code. */ - DEBUG_PRINTF("icmp6_input: length %d\n", uip_len); - - if(BUF->proto != UIP_PROTO_ICMP6) { /* We only allow ICMPv6 packets from - here. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.protoerr); - UIP_LOG("ip: neither tcp nor icmp6."); - goto drop; - } - - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.recv); - - /* If we get a neighbor solicitation for our address we should send - a neighbor advertisement message back. */ - if(ICMPBUF->type == ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_SOLICITATION) { - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&ICMPBUF->icmp6data, &uip_hostaddr)) { - - if(ICMPBUF->options[0] == ICMP6_OPTION_SOURCE_LINK_ADDRESS) { - /* Save the sender's address in our neighbor list. */ - uip_neighbor_add(&ICMPBUF->srcipaddr, &(ICMPBUF->options[2])); - } - - /* We should now send a neighbor advertisement back to where the - neighbor solicitation came from. */ - ICMPBUF->type = ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_ADVERTISEMENT; - ICMPBUF->flags = ICMP6_FLAG_S; /* Solicited flag. */ - - ICMPBUF->reserved1 = ICMPBUF->reserved2 = ICMPBUF->reserved3 = 0; - - uip_ipaddr_copy(&ICMPBUF->destipaddr, &ICMPBUF->srcipaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&ICMPBUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - ICMPBUF->options[0] = ICMP6_OPTION_TARGET_LINK_ADDRESS; - ICMPBUF->options[1] = 1; /* Options length, 1 = 8 bytes. */ - memcpy(&(ICMPBUF->options[2]), &uip_ethaddr, sizeof(uip_ethaddr)); - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = 0; - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = ~uip_icmp6chksum(); - - goto send; - - } - goto drop; - } else if(ICMPBUF->type == ICMP6_ECHO) { - /* ICMP echo (i.e., ping) processing. This is simple, we only - change the ICMP type from ECHO to ECHO_REPLY and update the - ICMP checksum before we return the packet. */ - - ICMPBUF->type = ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY; - - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = 0; - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = ~uip_icmp6chksum(); - - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.sent); - goto send; - } else { - DEBUG_PRINTF("Unknown icmp6 message type %d\n", ICMPBUF->type); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.typeerr); - UIP_LOG("icmp: unknown ICMP message."); - goto drop; - } - - /* End of IPv6 ICMP processing. */ - -#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - -#if UIP_UDP - /* UDP input processing. */ - udp_input: - /* UDP processing is really just a hack. We don't do anything to the - UDP/IP headers, but let the UDP application do all the hard - work. If the application sets uip_slen, it has a packet to - send. */ -#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS - uip_len = uip_len - UIP_IPUDPH_LEN; - uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN]; - if(UDPBUF->udpchksum != 0 && uip_udpchksum() != 0xffff) { - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.udp.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.udp.chkerr); - UIP_LOG("udp: bad checksum."); - goto drop; - } -#else /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */ - uip_len = uip_len - UIP_IPUDPH_LEN; -#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */ - - /* Demultiplex this UDP packet between the UDP "connections". */ - for(uip_udp_conn = &uip_udp_conns[0]; - uip_udp_conn < &uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS]; - ++uip_udp_conn) { - /* If the local UDP port is non-zero, the connection is considered - to be used. If so, the local port number is checked against the - destination port number in the received packet. If the two port - numbers match, the remote port number is checked if the - connection is bound to a remote port. Finally, if the - connection is bound to a remote IP address, the source IP - address of the packet is checked. */ - if(uip_udp_conn->lport != 0 && - UDPBUF->destport == uip_udp_conn->lport && - (uip_udp_conn->rport == 0 || - UDPBUF->srcport == uip_udp_conn->rport) && - (uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr) || - uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr) || - uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_udp_conn->ripaddr))) { - goto udp_found; - } - } - UIP_LOG("udp: no matching connection found"); -#if UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH && !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* Copy fields from packet header into payload of this ICMP packet. */ - memcpy(&(ICMPBUF->payload[0]), ICMPBUF, UIP_IPH_LEN + 8); - - /* Set the ICMP type and code. */ - ICMPBUF->type = ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE; - ICMPBUF->icode = ICMP_PORT_UNREACHABLE; - - /* Calculate the ICMP checksum. */ - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = 0; - ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = ~uip_chksum((u16_t *)&(ICMPBUF->type), 36); - - /* Set the IP destination address to be the source address of the - original packet. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr); - - /* Set our IP address as the source address. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - - /* The size of the ICMP destination unreachable packet is 36 + the - size of the IP header (20) = 56. */ - uip_len = 36 + UIP_IPH_LEN; - ICMPBUF->len[0] = 0; - ICMPBUF->len[1] = (u8_t)uip_len; - ICMPBUF->ttl = UIP_TTL; - ICMPBUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_ICMP; - - goto ip_send_nolen; -#else /* UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH */ - goto drop; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH */ - - udp_found: - uip_conn = NULL; - uip_flags = UIP_NEWDATA; - uip_sappdata = uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN]; - uip_slen = 0; - UIP_UDP_APPCALL(); - - udp_send: - if(uip_slen == 0) { - goto drop; - } - uip_len = uip_slen + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN; - -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header - length. */ - BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8); - BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff); -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - BUF->len[0] = (uip_len >> 8); - BUF->len[1] = (uip_len & 0xff); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - BUF->ttl = uip_udp_conn->ttl; - BUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_UDP; - - UDPBUF->udplen = HTONS(uip_slen + UIP_UDPH_LEN); - UDPBUF->udpchksum = 0; - - BUF->srcport = uip_udp_conn->lport; - BUF->destport = uip_udp_conn->rport; - - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_udp_conn->ripaddr); - - uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPTCPH_LEN]; - -#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS - /* Calculate UDP checksum. */ - UDPBUF->udpchksum = ~(uip_udpchksum()); - if(UDPBUF->udpchksum == 0) { - UDPBUF->udpchksum = 0xffff; - } -#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */ - - goto ip_send_nolen; -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - - /* TCP input processing. */ - tcp_input: - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.recv); - - /* Start of TCP input header processing code. */ - - if(uip_tcpchksum() != 0xffff) { /* Compute and check the TCP - checksum. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.drop); - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.chkerr); - UIP_LOG("tcp: bad checksum."); - goto drop; - } - - /* Demultiplex this segment. */ - /* First check any active connections. */ - for(uip_connr = &uip_conns[0]; uip_connr <= &uip_conns[UIP_CONNS - 1]; - ++uip_connr) { - if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED && - BUF->destport == uip_connr->lport && - BUF->srcport == uip_connr->rport && - uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_connr->ripaddr)) { - goto found; - } - } - - /* If we didn't find and active connection that expected the packet, - either this packet is an old duplicate, or this is a SYN packet - destined for a connection in LISTEN. If the SYN flag isn't set, - it is an old packet and we send a RST. */ - if((BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) != TCP_SYN) { - goto reset; - } - - tmp16 = BUF->destport; - /* Next, check listening connections. */ - for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) { - if(tmp16 == uip_listenports[c]) { - goto found_listen; - } - } - - /* No matching connection found, so we send a RST packet. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.synrst); - - reset: - /* We do not send resets in response to resets. */ - if(BUF->flags & TCP_RST) { - goto drop; - } - - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.rst); - - BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK; - uip_len = UIP_IPTCPH_LEN; - BUF->tcpoffset = 5 << 4; - - /* Flip the seqno and ackno fields in the TCP header. */ - c = BUF->seqno[3]; - BUF->seqno[3] = BUF->ackno[3]; - BUF->ackno[3] = c; - - c = BUF->seqno[2]; - BUF->seqno[2] = BUF->ackno[2]; - BUF->ackno[2] = c; - - c = BUF->seqno[1]; - BUF->seqno[1] = BUF->ackno[1]; - BUF->ackno[1] = c; - - c = BUF->seqno[0]; - BUF->seqno[0] = BUF->ackno[0]; - BUF->ackno[0] = c; - - /* We also have to increase the sequence number we are - acknowledging. If the least significant byte overflowed, we need - to propagate the carry to the other bytes as well. */ - if(++BUF->ackno[3] == 0) { - if(++BUF->ackno[2] == 0) { - if(++BUF->ackno[1] == 0) { - ++BUF->ackno[0]; - } - } - } - - /* Swap port numbers. */ - tmp16 = BUF->srcport; - BUF->srcport = BUF->destport; - BUF->destport = tmp16; - - /* Swap IP addresses. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - - /* And send out the RST packet! */ - goto tcp_send_noconn; - - /* This label will be jumped to if we matched the incoming packet - with a connection in LISTEN. In that case, we should create a new - connection and send a SYNACK in return. */ - found_listen: - /* First we check if there are any connections available. Unused - connections are kept in the same table as used connections, but - unused ones have the tcpstate set to CLOSED. Also, connections in - TIME_WAIT are kept track of and we'll use the oldest one if no - CLOSED connections are found. Thanks to Eddie C. Dost for a very - nice algorithm for the TIME_WAIT search. */ - uip_connr = 0; - for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) { - if(uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags == UIP_CLOSED) { - uip_connr = &uip_conns[c]; - break; - } - if(uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags == UIP_TIME_WAIT) { - if(uip_connr == 0 || - uip_conns[c].timer > uip_connr->timer) { - uip_connr = &uip_conns[c]; - } - } - } - - if(uip_connr == 0) { - /* All connections are used already, we drop packet and hope that - the remote end will retransmit the packet at a time when we - have more spare connections. */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.syndrop); - UIP_LOG("tcp: found no unused connections."); - goto drop; - } - uip_conn = uip_connr; - - /* Fill in the necessary fields for the new connection. */ - uip_connr->rto = uip_connr->timer = UIP_RTO; - uip_connr->sa = 0; - uip_connr->sv = 4; - uip_connr->nrtx = 0; - uip_connr->lport = BUF->destport; - uip_connr->rport = BUF->srcport; - uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_connr->ripaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr); - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_SYN_RCVD; - - uip_connr->snd_nxt[0] = iss[0]; - uip_connr->snd_nxt[1] = iss[1]; - uip_connr->snd_nxt[2] = iss[2]; - uip_connr->snd_nxt[3] = iss[3]; - uip_connr->len = 1; - - /* rcv_nxt should be the seqno from the incoming packet + 1. */ - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3] = BUF->seqno[3]; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] = BUF->seqno[2]; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] = BUF->seqno[1]; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] = BUF->seqno[0]; - uip_add_rcv_nxt(1); - - /* Parse the TCP MSS option, if present. */ - if((BUF->tcpoffset & 0xf0) > 0x50) { - for(c = 0; c < ((BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) - 5) << 2 ;) { - opt = uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + c]; - if(opt == TCP_OPT_END) { - /* End of options. */ - break; - } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_NOOP) { - ++c; - /* NOP option. */ - } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_MSS && - uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN) { - /* An MSS option with the right option length. */ - tmp16 = ((u16_t)uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 2 + c] << 8) | - (u16_t)uip_buf[UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 3 + c]; - uip_connr->initialmss = uip_connr->mss = - tmp16 > UIP_TCP_MSS? UIP_TCP_MSS: tmp16; - - /* And we are done processing options. */ - break; - } else { - /* All other options have a length field, so that we easily - can skip past them. */ - if(uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0) { - /* If the length field is zero, the options are malformed - and we don't process them further. */ - break; - } - c += uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c]; - } - } - } - - /* Our response will be a SYNACK. */ -#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN - tcp_send_synack: - BUF->flags = TCP_ACK; - - tcp_send_syn: - BUF->flags |= TCP_SYN; -#else /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - tcp_send_synack: - BUF->flags = TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK; -#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - - /* We send out the TCP Maximum Segment Size option with our - SYNACK. */ - BUF->optdata[0] = TCP_OPT_MSS; - BUF->optdata[1] = TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN; - BUF->optdata[2] = (UIP_TCP_MSS) / 256; - BUF->optdata[3] = (UIP_TCP_MSS) & 255; - uip_len = UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN; - BUF->tcpoffset = ((UIP_TCPH_LEN + TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN) / 4) << 4; - goto tcp_send; - - /* This label will be jumped to if we found an active connection. */ - found: - uip_conn = uip_connr; - uip_flags = 0; - /* We do a very naive form of TCP reset processing; we just accept - any RST and kill our connection. We should in fact check if the - sequence number of this reset is within our advertised window - before we accept the reset. */ - if(BUF->flags & TCP_RST) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - UIP_LOG("tcp: got reset, aborting connection."); - uip_flags = UIP_ABORT; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto drop; - } - /* Calculate the length of the data, if the application has sent - any data to us. */ - c = (BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) << 2; - /* uip_len will contain the length of the actual TCP data. This is - calculated by subtracing the length of the TCP header (in - c) and the length of the IP header (20 bytes). */ - uip_len = uip_len - c - UIP_IPH_LEN; - - /* First, check if the sequence number of the incoming packet is - what we're expecting next. If not, we send out an ACK with the - correct numbers in. */ - if(!(((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) == UIP_SYN_SENT) && - ((BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) == (TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK)))) { - if((uip_len > 0 || ((BUF->flags & (TCP_SYN | TCP_FIN)) != 0)) && - (BUF->seqno[0] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] || - BUF->seqno[1] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] || - BUF->seqno[2] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] || - BUF->seqno[3] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3])) { - goto tcp_send_ack; - } - } - - /* Next, check if the incoming segment acknowledges any outstanding - data. If so, we update the sequence number, reset the length of - the outstanding data, calculate RTT estimations, and reset the - retransmission timer. */ - if((BUF->flags & TCP_ACK) && uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) { - uip_add32(uip_connr->snd_nxt, uip_connr->len); - - if(BUF->ackno[0] == uip_acc32[0] && - BUF->ackno[1] == uip_acc32[1] && - BUF->ackno[2] == uip_acc32[2] && - BUF->ackno[3] == uip_acc32[3]) { - /* Update sequence number. */ - uip_connr->snd_nxt[0] = uip_acc32[0]; - uip_connr->snd_nxt[1] = uip_acc32[1]; - uip_connr->snd_nxt[2] = uip_acc32[2]; - uip_connr->snd_nxt[3] = uip_acc32[3]; - - /* Do RTT estimation, unless we have done retransmissions. */ - if(uip_connr->nrtx == 0) { - signed char m; - m = uip_connr->rto - uip_connr->timer; - /* This is taken directly from VJs original code in his paper */ - m = m - (uip_connr->sa >> 3); - uip_connr->sa += m; - if(m < 0) { - m = -m; - } - m = m - (uip_connr->sv >> 2); - uip_connr->sv += m; - uip_connr->rto = (uip_connr->sa >> 3) + uip_connr->sv; - - } - /* Set the acknowledged flag. */ - uip_flags = UIP_ACKDATA; - /* Reset the retransmission timer. */ - uip_connr->timer = uip_connr->rto; - - /* Reset length of outstanding data. */ - uip_connr->len = 0; - } - - } - - /* Do different things depending on in what state the connection is. */ - switch(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) { - /* CLOSED and LISTEN are not handled here. CLOSE_WAIT is not - implemented, since we force the application to close when the - peer sends a FIN (hence the application goes directly from - ESTABLISHED to LAST_ACK). */ - case UIP_SYN_RCVD: - /* In SYN_RCVD we have sent out a SYNACK in response to a SYN, and - we are waiting for an ACK that acknowledges the data we sent - out the last time. Therefore, we want to have the UIP_ACKDATA - flag set. If so, we enter the ESTABLISHED state. */ - if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_ESTABLISHED; - uip_flags = UIP_CONNECTED; - uip_connr->len = 0; - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA; - uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len); - } - uip_slen = 0; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto appsend; - } - goto drop; -#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN - case UIP_SYN_SENT: - /* In SYN_SENT, we wait for a SYNACK that is sent in response to - our SYN. The rcv_nxt is set to sequence number in the SYNACK - plus one, and we send an ACK. We move into the ESTABLISHED - state. */ - if((uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) && - (BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) == (TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK)) { - - /* Parse the TCP MSS option, if present. */ - if((BUF->tcpoffset & 0xf0) > 0x50) { - for(c = 0; c < ((BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) - 5) << 2 ;) { - opt = uip_buf[UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + c]; - if(opt == TCP_OPT_END) { - /* End of options. */ - break; - } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_NOOP) { - ++c; - /* NOP option. */ - } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_MSS && - uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN) { - /* An MSS option with the right option length. */ - tmp16 = (uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 2 + c] << 8) | - uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 3 + c]; - uip_connr->initialmss = - uip_connr->mss = tmp16 > UIP_TCP_MSS? UIP_TCP_MSS: tmp16; - - /* And we are done processing options. */ - break; - } else { - /* All other options have a length field, so that we easily - can skip past them. */ - if(uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0) { - /* If the length field is zero, the options are malformed - and we don't process them further. */ - break; - } - c += uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c]; - } - } - } - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_ESTABLISHED; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] = BUF->seqno[0]; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] = BUF->seqno[1]; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] = BUF->seqno[2]; - uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3] = BUF->seqno[3]; - uip_add_rcv_nxt(1); - uip_flags = UIP_CONNECTED | UIP_NEWDATA; - uip_connr->len = 0; - uip_len = 0; - uip_slen = 0; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto appsend; - } - /* Inform the application that the connection failed */ - uip_flags = UIP_ABORT; - UIP_APPCALL(); - /* The connection is closed after we send the RST */ - uip_conn->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - goto reset; -#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - - case UIP_ESTABLISHED: - /* In the ESTABLISHED state, we call upon the application to feed - data into the uip_buf. If the UIP_ACKDATA flag is set, the - application should put new data into the buffer, otherwise we are - retransmitting an old segment, and the application should put that - data into the buffer. - - If the incoming packet is a FIN, we should close the connection on - this side as well, and we send out a FIN and enter the LAST_ACK - state. We require that there is no outstanding data; otherwise the - sequence numbers will be screwed up. */ - - if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN && !(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)) { - if(uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) { - goto drop; - } - uip_add_rcv_nxt(1 + uip_len); - uip_flags |= UIP_CLOSE; - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA; - } - UIP_APPCALL(); - uip_connr->len = 1; - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_LAST_ACK; - uip_connr->nrtx = 0; - tcp_send_finack: - BUF->flags = TCP_FIN | TCP_ACK; - goto tcp_send_nodata; - } - - /* Check the URG flag. If this is set, the segment carries urgent - data that we must pass to the application. */ - if((BUF->flags & TCP_URG) != 0) { -#if UIP_URGDATA > 0 - uip_urglen = (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1]; - if(uip_urglen > uip_len) { - /* There is more urgent data in the next segment to come. */ - uip_urglen = uip_len; - } - uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_urglen); - uip_len -= uip_urglen; - uip_urgdata = uip_appdata; - uip_appdata += uip_urglen; - } else { - uip_urglen = 0; -#else /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */ - uip_appdata = ((char *)uip_appdata) + ((BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1]); - uip_len -= (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1]; -#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */ - } - - /* If uip_len > 0 we have TCP data in the packet, and we flag this - by setting the UIP_NEWDATA flag and update the sequence number - we acknowledge. If the application has stopped the dataflow - using uip_stop(), we must not accept any data packets from the - remote host. */ - if(uip_len > 0 && !(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)) { - uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA; - uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len); - } - - /* Check if the available buffer space advertised by the other end - is smaller than the initial MSS for this connection. If so, we - set the current MSS to the window size to ensure that the - application does not send more data than the other end can - handle. - - If the remote host advertises a zero window, we set the MSS to - the initial MSS so that the application will send an entire MSS - of data. This data will not be acknowledged by the receiver, - and the application will retransmit it. This is called the - "persistent timer" and uses the retransmission mechanism. - */ - tmp16 = ((u16_t)BUF->wnd[0] << 8) + (u16_t)BUF->wnd[1]; - if(tmp16 > uip_connr->initialmss || - tmp16 == 0) { - tmp16 = uip_connr->initialmss; - } - uip_connr->mss = tmp16; - - /* If this packet constitutes an ACK for outstanding data (flagged - by the UIP_ACKDATA flag, we should call the application since it - might want to send more data. If the incoming packet had data - from the peer (as flagged by the UIP_NEWDATA flag), the - application must also be notified. - - When the application is called, the global variable uip_len - contains the length of the incoming data. The application can - access the incoming data through the global pointer - uip_appdata, which usually points UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN - bytes into the uip_buf array. - - If the application wishes to send any data, this data should be - put into the uip_appdata and the length of the data should be - put into uip_len. If the application don't have any data to - send, uip_len must be set to 0. */ - if(uip_flags & (UIP_NEWDATA | UIP_ACKDATA)) { - uip_slen = 0; - UIP_APPCALL(); - - appsend: - - if(uip_flags & UIP_ABORT) { - uip_slen = 0; - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK; - goto tcp_send_nodata; - } - - if(uip_flags & UIP_CLOSE) { - uip_slen = 0; - uip_connr->len = 1; - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_FIN_WAIT_1; - uip_connr->nrtx = 0; - BUF->flags = TCP_FIN | TCP_ACK; - goto tcp_send_nodata; - } - - /* If uip_slen > 0, the application has data to be sent. */ - if(uip_slen > 0) { - - /* If the connection has acknowledged data, the contents of - the ->len variable should be discarded. */ - if((uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) != 0) { - uip_connr->len = 0; - } - - /* If the ->len variable is non-zero the connection has - already data in transit and cannot send anymore right - now. */ - if(uip_connr->len == 0) { - - /* The application cannot send more than what is allowed by - the mss (the minumum of the MSS and the available - window). */ - if(uip_slen > uip_connr->mss) { - uip_slen = uip_connr->mss; - } - - /* Remember how much data we send out now so that we know - when everything has been acknowledged. */ - uip_connr->len = uip_slen; - } else { - - /* If the application already had unacknowledged data, we - make sure that the application does not send (i.e., - retransmit) out more than it previously sent out. */ - uip_slen = uip_connr->len; - } - } - uip_connr->nrtx = 0; - apprexmit: - uip_appdata = uip_sappdata; - - /* If the application has data to be sent, or if the incoming - packet had new data in it, we must send out a packet. */ - if(uip_slen > 0 && uip_connr->len > 0) { - /* Add the length of the IP and TCP headers. */ - uip_len = uip_connr->len + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN; - /* We always set the ACK flag in response packets. */ - BUF->flags = TCP_ACK | TCP_PSH; - /* Send the packet. */ - goto tcp_send_noopts; - } - /* If there is no data to send, just send out a pure ACK if - there is newdata. */ - if(uip_flags & UIP_NEWDATA) { - uip_len = UIP_TCPIP_HLEN; - BUF->flags = TCP_ACK; - goto tcp_send_noopts; - } - } - goto drop; - case UIP_LAST_ACK: - /* We can close this connection if the peer has acknowledged our - FIN. This is indicated by the UIP_ACKDATA flag. */ - if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED; - uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE; - UIP_APPCALL(); - } - break; - - case UIP_FIN_WAIT_1: - /* The application has closed the connection, but the remote host - hasn't closed its end yet. Thus we do nothing but wait for a - FIN from the other side. */ - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len); - } - if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) { - if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_TIME_WAIT; - uip_connr->timer = 0; - uip_connr->len = 0; - } else { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSING; - } - uip_add_rcv_nxt(1); - uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto tcp_send_ack; - } else if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_FIN_WAIT_2; - uip_connr->len = 0; - goto drop; - } - if(uip_len > 0) { - goto tcp_send_ack; - } - goto drop; - - case UIP_FIN_WAIT_2: - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len); - } - if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_TIME_WAIT; - uip_connr->timer = 0; - uip_add_rcv_nxt(1); - uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE; - UIP_APPCALL(); - goto tcp_send_ack; - } - if(uip_len > 0) { - goto tcp_send_ack; - } - goto drop; - - case UIP_TIME_WAIT: - goto tcp_send_ack; - - case UIP_CLOSING: - if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) { - uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_TIME_WAIT; - uip_connr->timer = 0; - } - } - goto drop; - - /* We jump here when we are ready to send the packet, and just want - to set the appropriate TCP sequence numbers in the TCP header. */ - tcp_send_ack: - BUF->flags = TCP_ACK; - - tcp_send_nodata: - uip_len = UIP_IPTCPH_LEN; - - tcp_send_noopts: - BUF->tcpoffset = (UIP_TCPH_LEN / 4) << 4; - - /* We're done with the input processing. We are now ready to send a - reply. Our job is to fill in all the fields of the TCP and IP - headers before calculating the checksum and finally send the - packet. */ - tcp_send: - BUF->ackno[0] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0]; - BUF->ackno[1] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1]; - BUF->ackno[2] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2]; - BUF->ackno[3] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3]; - - BUF->seqno[0] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[0]; - BUF->seqno[1] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[1]; - BUF->seqno[2] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[2]; - BUF->seqno[3] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[3]; - - BUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_TCP; - - BUF->srcport = uip_connr->lport; - BUF->destport = uip_connr->rport; - - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_connr->ripaddr); - - if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED) { - /* If the connection has issued uip_stop(), we advertise a zero - window so that the remote host will stop sending data. */ - BUF->wnd[0] = BUF->wnd[1] = 0; - } else { - BUF->wnd[0] = ((UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW) >> 8); - BUF->wnd[1] = ((UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW) & 0xff); - } - - tcp_send_noconn: - BUF->ttl = UIP_TTL; -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header - length. */ - BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8); - BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff); -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - BUF->len[0] = (uip_len >> 8); - BUF->len[1] = (uip_len & 0xff); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - BUF->urgp[0] = BUF->urgp[1] = 0; - - /* Calculate TCP checksum. */ - BUF->tcpchksum = 0; - BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum()); - - ip_send_nolen: -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - BUF->vtc = 0x60; - BUF->tcflow = 0x00; - BUF->flow = 0x00; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - BUF->vhl = 0x45; - BUF->tos = 0; - BUF->ipoffset[0] = BUF->ipoffset[1] = 0; - ++ipid; - BUF->ipid[0] = ipid >> 8; - BUF->ipid[1] = ipid & 0xff; - /* Calculate IP checksum. */ - BUF->ipchksum = 0; - BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum()); - DEBUG_PRINTF("uip ip_send_nolen: checksum 0x%04x\n", uip_ipchksum()); -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.sent); -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - send: -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - DEBUG_PRINTF("Sending packet with length %d (%d)\n", uip_len, - (BUF->len[0] << 8) | BUF->len[1]); - - UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.sent); - /* Return and let the caller do the actual transmission. */ - uip_flags = 0; - return; - - drop: - uip_len = 0; - uip_flags = 0; - return; -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -u16_t -htons(u16_t val) -{ - return HTONS(val); -} - -u32_t -htonl(u32_t val) -{ - return HTONL(val); -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_send(const void *data, int len) -{ - int copylen; -#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b)? (a): (b)) - copylen = MIN(len, UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN - - (int)((char *)uip_sappdata - (char *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN])); - if(copylen > 0) { - uip_slen = copylen; - if(data != uip_sappdata) { - memcpy(uip_sappdata, (data), uip_slen); - } - } -} -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @} */ -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7b87a2c77..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2130 +0,0 @@ - -/** - * \addtogroup uip - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \file - * Header file for the uIP TCP/IP stack. - * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com> - * \author Julien Abeille <jabeille@cisco.com> (IPv6 related code) - * \author Mathilde Durvy <mdurvy@cisco.com> (IPv6 related code) - * - * The uIP TCP/IP stack header file contains definitions for a number - * of C macros that are used by uIP programs as well as internal uIP - * structures, TCP/IP header structures and function declarations. - * - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote - * products derived from this software without specific prior - * written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS - * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED - * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY - * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE - * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, - * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING - * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS - * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack. - * - * $Id: uip.h,v 1.24 2009/04/06 13:18:50 nvt-se Exp $ - * - */ - -#ifndef __UIP_H__ -#define __UIP_H__ - -#include "uipopt.h" - -/** - * Representation of an IP address. - * - */ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 -typedef union uip_ip6addr_t { - u8_t u8[16]; /* Initialiser, must come first!!! */ - u16_t u16[8]; -} uip_ip6addr_t; - -typedef uip_ip6addr_t uip_ipaddr_t; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -typedef union uip_ip4addr_t { - u8_t u8[4]; /* Initialiser, must come first!!! */ - u16_t u16[2]; -#if 0 - u32_t u32; -#endif -} uip_ip4addr_t; -typedef uip_ip4addr_t uip_ipaddr_t; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** \brief 16 bit 802.15.4 address */ -struct uip_802154_shortaddr { - u8_t addr[2]; -}; -/** \brief 64 bit 802.15.4 address */ -struct uip_802154_longaddr { - u8_t addr[8]; -}; - -/** \brief 802.11 address */ -struct uip_80211_addr { - u8_t addr[6]; -}; - -/** \brief 802.3 address */ -struct uip_eth_addr { - u8_t addr[6]; -}; - -#if UIP_CONF_LL_802154 -/** \brief 802.15.4 address */ -typedef struct uip_802154_longaddr uip_lladdr_t; -#define UIP_802154_SHORTADDR_LEN 2 -#define UIP_802154_LONGADDR_LEN 8 -#define UIP_LLADDR_LEN UIP_802154_LONGADDR_LEN -#else /*UIP_CONF_LL_802154*/ -#if UIP_CONF_LL_80211 -/** \brief 802.11 address */ -typedef struct uip_80211_addr uip_lladdr_t; -#define UIP_LLADDR_LEN 6 -#else /*UIP_CONF_LL_80211*/ -/** \brief Ethernet address */ -typedef struct uip_eth_addr uip_lladdr_t; -#define UIP_LLADDR_LEN 6 -#endif /*UIP_CONF_LL_80211*/ -#endif /*UIP_CONF_LL_802154*/ - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* First, the functions that should be called from the - * system. Initialization, the periodic timer, and incoming packets are - * handled by the following three functions. - */ -/** - * \defgroup uipconffunc uIP configuration functions - * @{ - * - * The uIP configuration functions are used for setting run-time - * parameters in uIP such as IP addresses. - */ - -/** - * Set the IP address of this host. - * - * The IP address is represented as a 4-byte array where the first - * octet of the IP address is put in the first member of the 4-byte - * array. - * - * Example: - \code - - uip_ipaddr_t addr; - - uip_ipaddr(&addr, 192,168,1,2); - uip_sethostaddr(&addr); - - \endcode - * \param addr A pointer to an IP address of type uip_ipaddr_t; - * - * \sa uip_ipaddr() - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_sethostaddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_hostaddr, (addr)) - -/** - * Get the IP address of this host. - * - * The IP address is represented as a 4-byte array where the first - * octet of the IP address is put in the first member of the 4-byte - * array. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t hostaddr; - - uip_gethostaddr(&hostaddr); - \endcode - * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be - * filled in with the currently configured IP address. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_gethostaddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy((addr), &uip_hostaddr) - -/** - * Set the default router's IP address. - * - * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable containing the IP - * address of the default router. - * - * \sa uip_ipaddr() - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_setdraddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_draddr, (addr)) - -/** - * Set the netmask. - * - * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable containing the IP - * address of the netmask. - * - * \sa uip_ipaddr() - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_setnetmask(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_netmask, (addr)) - - -/** - * Get the default router's IP address. - * - * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be - * filled in with the IP address of the default router. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_getdraddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy((addr), &uip_draddr) - -/** - * Get the netmask. - * - * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be - * filled in with the value of the netmask. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_getnetmask(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy((addr), &uip_netmask) - -/** @} */ - -/** - * \defgroup uipinit uIP initialization functions - * @{ - * - * The uIP initialization functions are used for booting uIP. - */ - -/** - * uIP initialization function. - * - * This function should be called at boot up to initialize the uIP - * TCP/IP stack. - */ -void uip_init(void); - -/** - * uIP initialization function. - * - * This function may be used at boot time to set the initial ip_id. - */ -void uip_setipid(u16_t id); - -/** @} */ - -/** - * \defgroup uipdevfunc uIP device driver functions - * @{ - * - * These functions are used by a network device driver for interacting - * with uIP. - */ - -/** - * Process an incoming packet. - * - * This function should be called when the device driver has received - * a packet from the network. The packet from the device driver must - * be present in the uip_buf buffer, and the length of the packet - * should be placed in the uip_len variable. - * - * When the function returns, there may be an outbound packet placed - * in the uip_buf packet buffer. If so, the uip_len variable is set to - * the length of the packet. If no packet is to be sent out, the - * uip_len variable is set to 0. - * - * The usual way of calling the function is presented by the source - * code below. - \code - uip_len = devicedriver_poll(); - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_input(); - if(uip_len > 0) { - devicedriver_send(); - } - } - \endcode - * - * \note If you are writing a uIP device driver that needs ARP - * (Address Resolution Protocol), e.g., when running uIP over - * Ethernet, you will need to call the uIP ARP code before calling - * this function: - \code - #define BUF ((struct uip_eth_hdr *)&uip_buf[0]) - uip_len = ethernet_devicedrver_poll(); - if(uip_len > 0) { - if(BUF->type == HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP)) { - uip_arp_ipin(); - uip_input(); - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_arp_out(); - ethernet_devicedriver_send(); - } - } else if(BUF->type == HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP)) { - uip_arp_arpin(); - if(uip_len > 0) { - ethernet_devicedriver_send(); - } - } - \endcode - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_input() uip_process(UIP_DATA) - - -/** - * Periodic processing for a connection identified by its number. - * - * This function does the necessary periodic processing (timers, - * polling) for a uIP TCP connection, and should be called when the - * periodic uIP timer goes off. It should be called for every - * connection, regardless of whether they are open of closed. - * - * When the function returns, it may have an outbound packet waiting - * for service in the uIP packet buffer, and if so the uip_len - * variable is set to a value larger than zero. The device driver - * should be called to send out the packet. - * - * The usual way of calling the function is through a for() loop like - * this: - \code - for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; ++i) { - uip_periodic(i); - if(uip_len > 0) { - devicedriver_send(); - } - } - \endcode - * - * \note If you are writing a uIP device driver that needs ARP - * (Address Resolution Protocol), e.g., when running uIP over - * Ethernet, you will need to call the uip_arp_out() function before - * calling the device driver: - \code - for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; ++i) { - uip_periodic(i); - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_arp_out(); - ethernet_devicedriver_send(); - } - } - \endcode - * - * \param conn The number of the connection which is to be periodically polled. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#if UIP_TCP -#define uip_periodic(conn) do { uip_conn = &uip_conns[conn]; \ - uip_process(UIP_TIMER); } while (0) - -/** - * - * - */ -#define uip_conn_active(conn) (uip_conns[conn].tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED) - -/** - * Perform periodic processing for a connection identified by a pointer - * to its structure. - * - * Same as uip_periodic() but takes a pointer to the actual uip_conn - * struct instead of an integer as its argument. This function can be - * used to force periodic processing of a specific connection. - * - * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn struct for the connection to - * be processed. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_periodic_conn(conn) do { uip_conn = conn; \ - uip_process(UIP_TIMER); } while (0) - -/** - * Request that a particular connection should be polled. - * - * Similar to uip_periodic_conn() but does not perform any timer - * processing. The application is polled for new data. - * - * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn struct for the connection to - * be processed. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_poll_conn(conn) do { uip_conn = conn; \ - uip_process(UIP_POLL_REQUEST); } while (0) - -#endif /* UIP_TCP */ - -#if UIP_UDP -/** - * Periodic processing for a UDP connection identified by its number. - * - * This function is essentially the same as uip_periodic(), but for - * UDP connections. It is called in a similar fashion as the - * uip_periodic() function: - \code - for(i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) { - uip_udp_periodic(i); - if(uip_len > 0) { - devicedriver_send(); - } - } - \endcode - * - * \note As for the uip_periodic() function, special care has to be - * taken when using uIP together with ARP and Ethernet: - \code - for(i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) { - uip_udp_periodic(i); - if(uip_len > 0) { - uip_arp_out(); - ethernet_devicedriver_send(); - } - } - \endcode - * - * \param conn The number of the UDP connection to be processed. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_udp_periodic(conn) do { uip_udp_conn = &uip_udp_conns[conn]; \ - uip_process(UIP_UDP_TIMER); } while(0) - -/** - * Periodic processing for a UDP connection identified by a pointer to - * its structure. - * - * Same as uip_udp_periodic() but takes a pointer to the actual - * uip_conn struct instead of an integer as its argument. This - * function can be used to force periodic processing of a specific - * connection. - * - * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn struct for the connection - * to be processed. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_udp_periodic_conn(conn) do { uip_udp_conn = conn; \ - uip_process(UIP_UDP_TIMER); } while(0) -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - -/** \brief Abandon the reassembly of the current packet */ -void uip_reass_over(void); - -/** - * The uIP packet buffer. - * - * The uip_buf array is used to hold incoming and outgoing - * packets. The device driver should place incoming data into this - * buffer. When sending data, the device driver should read the link - * level headers and the TCP/IP headers from this buffer. The size of - * the link level headers is configured by the UIP_LLH_LEN define. - * - * \note The application data need not be placed in this buffer, so - * the device driver must read it from the place pointed to by the - * uip_appdata pointer as illustrated by the following example: - \code - void - devicedriver_send(void) - { - hwsend(&uip_buf[0], UIP_LLH_LEN); - if(uip_len <= UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN) { - hwsend(&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN); - } else { - hwsend(&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], UIP_TCPIP_HLEN); - hwsend(uip_appdata, uip_len - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN - UIP_LLH_LEN); - } - } - \endcode -*/ -extern u8_t uip_buf[UIP_BUFSIZE+2]; - - - -/** @} */ - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Functions that are used by the uIP application program. Opening and - * closing connections, sending and receiving data, etc. is all - * handled by the functions below. - */ -/** - * \defgroup uipappfunc uIP application functions - * @{ - * - * Functions used by an application running of top of uIP. - */ - -/** - * Start listening to the specified port. - * - * \note Since this function expects the port number in network byte - * order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary. - * - \code - uip_listen(HTONS(80)); - \endcode - * - * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order. - */ -void uip_listen(u16_t port); - -/** - * Stop listening to the specified port. - * - * \note Since this function expects the port number in network byte - * order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary. - * - \code - uip_unlisten(HTONS(80)); - \endcode - * - * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order. - */ -void uip_unlisten(u16_t port); - -/** - * Connect to a remote host using TCP. - * - * This function is used to start a new connection to the specified - * port on the specified host. It allocates a new connection identifier, - * sets the connection to the SYN_SENT state and sets the - * retransmission timer to 0. This will cause a TCP SYN segment to be - * sent out the next time this connection is periodically processed, - * which usually is done within 0.5 seconds after the call to - * uip_connect(). - * - * \note This function is available only if support for active open - * has been configured by defining UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN to 1 in uipopt.h. - * - * \note Since this function requires the port number to be in network - * byte order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary. - * - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 192,168,1,2); - uip_connect(&ipaddr, HTONS(80)); - \endcode - * - * \param ripaddr The IP address of the remote host. - * - * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order. - * - * \return A pointer to the uIP connection identifier for the new connection, - * or NULL if no connection could be allocated. - * - */ -struct uip_conn *uip_connect(uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t port); - - - -/** - * \internal - * - * Check if a connection has outstanding (i.e., unacknowledged) data. - * - * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn structure for the connection. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_outstanding(conn) ((conn)->len) - -/** - * Send data on the current connection. - * - * This function is used to send out a single segment of TCP - * data. Only applications that have been invoked by uIP for event - * processing can send data. - * - * The amount of data that actually is sent out after a call to this - * function is determined by the maximum amount of data TCP allows. uIP - * will automatically crop the data so that only the appropriate - * amount of data is sent. The function uip_mss() can be used to query - * uIP for the amount of data that actually will be sent. - * - * \note This function does not guarantee that the sent data will - * arrive at the destination. If the data is lost in the network, the - * application will be invoked with the uip_rexmit() event being - * set. The application will then have to resend the data using this - * function. - * - * \param data A pointer to the data which is to be sent. - * - * \param len The maximum amount of data bytes to be sent. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -void uip_send(const void *data, int len); - -/** - * The length of any incoming data that is currently available (if available) - * in the uip_appdata buffer. - * - * The test function uip_data() must first be used to check if there - * is any data available at all. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -/*void uip_datalen(void);*/ -#define uip_datalen() uip_len - -/** - * The length of any out-of-band data (urgent data) that has arrived - * on the connection. - * - * \note The configuration parameter UIP_URGDATA must be set for this - * function to be enabled. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_urgdatalen() uip_urglen - -/** - * Close the current connection. - * - * This function will close the current connection in a nice way. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_close() (uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE) - -/** - * Abort the current connection. - * - * This function will abort (reset) the current connection, and is - * usually used when an error has occurred that prevents using the - * uip_close() function. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_abort() (uip_flags = UIP_ABORT) - -/** - * Tell the sending host to stop sending data. - * - * This function will close our receiver's window so that we stop - * receiving data for the current connection. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_stop() (uip_conn->tcpstateflags |= UIP_STOPPED) - -/** - * Find out if the current connection has been previously stopped with - * uip_stop(). - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_stopped(conn) ((conn)->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED) - -/** - * Restart the current connection, if is has previously been stopped - * with uip_stop(). - * - * This function will open the receiver's window again so that we - * start receiving data for the current connection. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_restart() do { uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA; \ - uip_conn->tcpstateflags &= ~UIP_STOPPED; \ - } while(0) - - -/* uIP tests that can be made to determine in what state the current - connection is, and what the application function should do. */ - -/** - * Is the current connection a UDP connection? - * - * This function checks whether the current connection is a UDP connection. - * - * \hideinitializer - * - */ -#define uip_udpconnection() (uip_conn == NULL) - -/** - * Is new incoming data available? - * - * Will reduce to non-zero if there is new data for the application - * present at the uip_appdata pointer. The size of the data is - * available through the uip_len variable. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_newdata() (uip_flags & UIP_NEWDATA) - -/** - * Has previously sent data been acknowledged? - * - * Will reduce to non-zero if the previously sent data has been - * acknowledged by the remote host. This means that the application - * can send new data. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_acked() (uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) - -/** - * Has the connection just been connected? - * - * Reduces to non-zero if the current connection has been connected to - * a remote host. This will happen both if the connection has been - * actively opened (with uip_connect()) or passively opened (with - * uip_listen()). - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_connected() (uip_flags & UIP_CONNECTED) - -/** - * Has the connection been closed by the other end? - * - * Is non-zero if the connection has been closed by the remote - * host. The application may then do the necessary clean-ups. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_closed() (uip_flags & UIP_CLOSE) - -/** - * Has the connection been aborted by the other end? - * - * Non-zero if the current connection has been aborted (reset) by the - * remote host. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_aborted() (uip_flags & UIP_ABORT) - -/** - * Has the connection timed out? - * - * Non-zero if the current connection has been aborted due to too many - * retransmissions. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_timedout() (uip_flags & UIP_TIMEDOUT) - -/** - * Do we need to retransmit previously data? - * - * Reduces to non-zero if the previously sent data has been lost in - * the network, and the application should retransmit it. The - * application should send the exact same data as it did the last - * time, using the uip_send() function. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_rexmit() (uip_flags & UIP_REXMIT) - -/** - * Is the connection being polled by uIP? - * - * Is non-zero if the reason the application is invoked is that the - * current connection has been idle for a while and should be - * polled. - * - * The polling event can be used for sending data without having to - * wait for the remote host to send data. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_poll() (uip_flags & UIP_POLL) - -/** - * Get the initial maximum segment size (MSS) of the current - * connection. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_initialmss() (uip_conn->initialmss) - -/** - * Get the current maximum segment size that can be sent on the current - * connection. - * - * The current maximum segment size that can be sent on the - * connection is computed from the receiver's window and the MSS of - * the connection (which also is available by calling - * uip_initialmss()). - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_mss() (uip_conn->mss) - -/** - * Set up a new UDP connection. - * - * This function sets up a new UDP connection. The function will - * automatically allocate an unused local port for the new - * connection. However, another port can be chosen by using the - * uip_udp_bind() call, after the uip_udp_new() function has been - * called. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t addr; - struct uip_udp_conn *c; - - uip_ipaddr(&addr, 192,168,2,1); - c = uip_udp_new(&addr, HTONS(12345)); - if(c != NULL) { - uip_udp_bind(c, HTONS(12344)); - } - \endcode - * \param ripaddr The IP address of the remote host. - * - * \param rport The remote port number in network byte order. - * - * \return The uip_udp_conn structure for the new connection or NULL - * if no connection could be allocated. - */ -struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_new(const uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport); - -/** - * Removed a UDP connection. - * - * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn structure for the connection. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_udp_remove(conn) (conn)->lport = 0 - -/** - * Bind a UDP connection to a local port. - * - * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn structure for the - * connection. - * - * \param port The local port number, in network byte order. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_udp_bind(conn, port) (conn)->lport = port - -/** - * Send a UDP datagram of length len on the current connection. - * - * This function can only be called in response to a UDP event (poll - * or newdata). The data must be present in the uip_buf buffer, at the - * place pointed to by the uip_appdata pointer. - * - * \param len The length of the data in the uip_buf buffer. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_udp_send(len) uip_send((char *)uip_appdata, len) - -/** @} */ - -/* uIP convenience and converting functions. */ - -/** - * \defgroup uipconvfunc uIP conversion functions - * @{ - * - * These functions can be used for converting between different data - * formats used by uIP. - */ - -/** - * Convert an IP address to four bytes separated by commas. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - printf("ipaddr=%d.%d.%d.%d\n", uip_ipaddr_to_quad(&ipaddr)); - \endcode - * - * \param a A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t. - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr_to_quad(a) (a)->u8[0],(a)->u8[1],(a)->u8[2],(a)->u8[3] - -/** - * Construct an IP address from four bytes. - * - * This function constructs an IP address of the type that uIP handles - * internally from four bytes. The function is handy for specifying IP - * addresses to use with e.g. the uip_connect() function. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - struct uip_conn *c; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 192,168,1,2); - c = uip_connect(&ipaddr, HTONS(80)); - \endcode - * - * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be - * filled in with the IP address. - * - * \param addr0 The first octet of the IP address. - * \param addr1 The second octet of the IP address. - * \param addr2 The third octet of the IP address. - * \param addr3 The forth octet of the IP address. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3) do { \ - (addr)->u8[0] = addr0; \ - (addr)->u8[1] = addr1; \ - (addr)->u8[2] = addr2; \ - (addr)->u8[3] = addr3; \ - } while(0) - -/** - * Construct an IPv6 address from eight 16-bit words. - * - * This function constructs an IPv6 address. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ip6addr(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3,addr4,addr5,addr6,addr7) do { \ - (addr)->u16[0] = HTONS(addr0); \ - (addr)->u16[1] = HTONS(addr1); \ - (addr)->u16[2] = HTONS(addr2); \ - (addr)->u16[3] = HTONS(addr3); \ - (addr)->u16[4] = HTONS(addr4); \ - (addr)->u16[5] = HTONS(addr5); \ - (addr)->u16[6] = HTONS(addr6); \ - (addr)->u16[7] = HTONS(addr7); \ - } while(0) - -/** - * Construct an IPv6 address from sixteen 8-bit words. - * - * This function constructs an IPv6 address. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ip6addr_u8(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3,addr4,addr5,addr6,addr7,addr8,addr9,addr10,addr11,addr12,addr13,addr14,addr15) do { \ - (addr)->u8[0] = addr0; \ - (addr)->u8[1] = addr1; \ - (addr)->u8[2] = addr2; \ - (addr)->u8[3] = addr3; \ - (addr)->u8[4] = addr4; \ - (addr)->u8[5] = addr5; \ - (addr)->u8[6] = addr6; \ - (addr)->u8[7] = addr7; \ - (addr)->u8[8] = addr8; \ - (addr)->u8[9] = addr9; \ - (addr)->u8[10] = addr10; \ - (addr)->u8[11] = addr11; \ - (addr)->u8[12] = addr12; \ - (addr)->u8[13] = addr13; \ - (addr)->u8[14] = addr14; \ - (addr)->u8[15] = addr15; \ - } while(0) - - -/** - * Copy an IP address to another IP address. - * - * Copies an IP address from one place to another. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&ipaddr2, &ipaddr1); - \endcode - * - * \param dest The destination for the copy. - * \param src The source from where to copy. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef uip_ipaddr_copy -#define uip_ipaddr_copy(dest, src) (*(dest) = *(src)) -#endif - -/** - * Compare two IP addresses - * - * Compares two IP addresses. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2); - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&ipaddr2, &ipaddr1)) { - printf("They are the same"); - } - \endcode - * - * \param addr1 The first IP address. - * \param addr2 The second IP address. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 -#define uip_ipaddr_cmp(addr1, addr2) ((addr1)->u16[0] == (addr2)->u16[0] && \ - (addr1)->u16[1] == (addr2)->u16[1]) -#else /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -#define uip_ipaddr_cmp(addr1, addr2) (memcmp(addr1, addr2, sizeof(uip_ip6addr_t)) == 0) -#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - -/** - * Compare two IP addresses with netmasks - * - * Compares two IP addresses with netmasks. The masks are used to mask - * out the bits that are to be compared. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2, mask; - - uip_ipaddr(&mask, 255,255,255,0); - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2); - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr2, 192,16,1,3); - if(uip_ipaddr_maskcmp(&ipaddr1, &ipaddr2, &mask)) { - printf("They are the same"); - } - \endcode - * - * \param addr1 The first IP address. - * \param addr2 The second IP address. - * \param mask The netmask. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 -#define uip_ipaddr_maskcmp(addr1, addr2, mask) \ - (((((u16_t *)addr1)[0] & ((u16_t *)mask)[0]) == \ - (((u16_t *)addr2)[0] & ((u16_t *)mask)[0])) && \ - ((((u16_t *)addr1)[1] & ((u16_t *)mask)[1]) == \ - (((u16_t *)addr2)[1] & ((u16_t *)mask)[1]))) -#else -#define uip_ipaddr_prefixcmp(addr1, addr2, length) (memcmp(addr1, addr2, length>>3) == 0) -#endif - - -/** - * Check if an address is a broadcast address for a network. - * - * Checks if an address is the broadcast address for a network. The - * network is defined by an IP address that is on the network and the - * network's netmask. - * - * \param addr The IP address. - * \param netaddr The network's IP address. - * \param netmask The network's netmask. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -/*#define uip_ipaddr_isbroadcast(addr, netaddr, netmask) - ((uip_ipaddr_t *)(addr)).u16 & ((uip_ipaddr_t *)(addr)).u16*/ - - - -/** - * Mask out the network part of an IP address. - * - * Masks out the network part of an IP address, given the address and - * the netmask. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2, netmask; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2); - uip_ipaddr(&netmask, 255,255,255,0); - uip_ipaddr_mask(&ipaddr2, &ipaddr1, &netmask); - \endcode - * - * In the example above, the variable "ipaddr2" will contain the IP - * address 192.168.1.0. - * - * \param dest Where the result is to be placed. - * \param src The IP address. - * \param mask The netmask. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr_mask(dest, src, mask) do { \ - ((u16_t *)dest)[0] = ((u16_t *)src)[0] & ((u16_t *)mask)[0]; \ - ((u16_t *)dest)[1] = ((u16_t *)src)[1] & ((u16_t *)mask)[1]; \ - } while(0) - -/** - * Pick the first octet of an IP address. - * - * Picks out the first octet of an IP address. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - u8_t octet; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4); - octet = uip_ipaddr1(&ipaddr); - \endcode - * - * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 1. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr1(addr) ((addr)->u8[0]) - -/** - * Pick the second octet of an IP address. - * - * Picks out the second octet of an IP address. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - u8_t octet; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4); - octet = uip_ipaddr2(&ipaddr); - \endcode - * - * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 2. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr2(addr) ((addr)->u8[1]) - -/** - * Pick the third octet of an IP address. - * - * Picks out the third octet of an IP address. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - u8_t octet; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4); - octet = uip_ipaddr3(&ipaddr); - \endcode - * - * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 3. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr3(addr) ((addr)->u8[2]) - -/** - * Pick the fourth octet of an IP address. - * - * Picks out the fourth octet of an IP address. - * - * Example: - \code - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - u8_t octet; - - uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4); - octet = uip_ipaddr4(&ipaddr); - \endcode - * - * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 4. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_ipaddr4(addr) ((addr)->u8[3]) - -/** - * Convert 16-bit quantity from host byte order to network byte order. - * - * This macro is primarily used for converting constants from host - * byte order to network byte order. For converting variables to - * network byte order, use the htons() function instead. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef HTONS -# if UIP_BYTE_ORDER == UIP_BIG_ENDIAN -# define HTONS(n) (n) -# define HTONL(n) (n) -# else /* UIP_BYTE_ORDER == UIP_BIG_ENDIAN */ -# define HTONS(n) (u16_t)((((u16_t) (n)) << 8) | (((u16_t) (n)) >> 8)) -# define HTONL(n) (((u32_t)HTONS(n) << 16) | HTONS((u32_t)(n) >> 16)) -# endif /* UIP_BYTE_ORDER == UIP_BIG_ENDIAN */ -#else -#error "HTONS already defined!" -#endif /* HTONS */ - -/** - * Convert 16-bit quantity from host byte order to network byte order. - * - * This function is primarily used for converting variables from host - * byte order to network byte order. For converting constants to - * network byte order, use the HTONS() macro instead. - */ -#ifndef htons -u16_t htons(u16_t val); -#endif /* htons */ -#ifndef ntohs -#define ntohs htons -#endif - -#ifndef htonl -u32_t htonl(u32_t val); -#endif /* htonl */ -#ifndef ntohl -#define ntohl htonl -#endif - -/** @} */ - -/** - * Pointer to the application data in the packet buffer. - * - * This pointer points to the application data when the application is - * called. If the application wishes to send data, the application may - * use this space to write the data into before calling uip_send(). - */ -extern void *uip_appdata; - -#if UIP_URGDATA > 0 -/* u8_t *uip_urgdata: - * - * This pointer points to any urgent data that has been received. Only - * present if compiled with support for urgent data (UIP_URGDATA). - */ -extern void *uip_urgdata; -#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */ - - -/** - * \defgroup uipdrivervars Variables used in uIP device drivers - * @{ - * - * uIP has a few global variables that are used in device drivers for - * uIP. - */ - -/** - * The length of the packet in the uip_buf buffer. - * - * The global variable uip_len holds the length of the packet in the - * uip_buf buffer. - * - * When the network device driver calls the uIP input function, - * uip_len should be set to the length of the packet in the uip_buf - * buffer. - * - * When sending packets, the device driver should use the contents of - * the uip_len variable to determine the length of the outgoing - * packet. - * - */ -extern u16_t uip_len; - -/** - * The length of the extension headers - */ -extern u8_t uip_ext_len; -/** @} */ - -#if UIP_URGDATA > 0 -extern u16_t uip_urglen, uip_surglen; -#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */ - - -/** - * Representation of a uIP TCP connection. - * - * The uip_conn structure is used for identifying a connection. All - * but one field in the structure are to be considered read-only by an - * application. The only exception is the appstate field whose purpose - * is to let the application store application-specific state (e.g., - * file pointers) for the connection. The type of this field is - * configured in the "uipopt.h" header file. - */ -struct uip_conn { - uip_ipaddr_t ripaddr; /**< The IP address of the remote host. */ - - u16_t lport; /**< The local TCP port, in network byte order. */ - u16_t rport; /**< The local remote TCP port, in network byte - order. */ - - u8_t rcv_nxt[4]; /**< The sequence number that we expect to - receive next. */ - u8_t snd_nxt[4]; /**< The sequence number that was last sent by - us. */ - u16_t len; /**< Length of the data that was previously sent. */ - u16_t mss; /**< Current maximum segment size for the - connection. */ - u16_t initialmss; /**< Initial maximum segment size for the - connection. */ - u8_t sa; /**< Retransmission time-out calculation state - variable. */ - u8_t sv; /**< Retransmission time-out calculation state - variable. */ - u8_t rto; /**< Retransmission time-out. */ - u8_t tcpstateflags; /**< TCP state and flags. */ - u8_t timer; /**< The retransmission timer. */ - u8_t nrtx; /**< The number of retransmissions for the last - segment sent. */ - - /** The application state. */ - uip_tcp_appstate_t appstate; -}; - - -/** - * Pointer to the current TCP connection. - * - * The uip_conn pointer can be used to access the current TCP - * connection. - */ - -extern struct uip_conn *uip_conn; -#if UIP_TCP -/* The array containing all uIP connections. */ -extern struct uip_conn uip_conns[UIP_CONNS]; -#endif - -/** - * \addtogroup uiparch - * @{ - */ - -/** - * 4-byte array used for the 32-bit sequence number calculations. - */ -extern u8_t uip_acc32[4]; -/** @} */ - -/** - * Representation of a uIP UDP connection. - */ -struct uip_udp_conn { - uip_ipaddr_t ripaddr; /**< The IP address of the remote peer. */ - u16_t lport; /**< The local port number in network byte order. */ - u16_t rport; /**< The remote port number in network byte order. */ - u8_t ttl; /**< Default time-to-live. */ - - /** The application state. */ - uip_udp_appstate_t appstate; -}; - -/** - * The current UDP connection. - */ -extern struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_conn; -extern struct uip_udp_conn uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS]; - -struct uip_router { - int (*activate)(void); - int (*deactivate)(void); - uip_ipaddr_t *(*lookup)(uip_ipaddr_t *destipaddr, uip_ipaddr_t *nexthop); -}; - -#if UIP_CONF_ROUTER -extern const struct uip_router *uip_router; - -/** - * uIP routing driver registration function. - */ -void uip_router_register(const struct uip_router *router); -#endif /*UIP_CONF_ROUTER*/ - -#if UIP_CONF_ICMP6 -struct uip_icmp6_conn { - uip_icmp6_appstate_t appstate; -}; -extern struct uip_icmp6_conn uip_icmp6_conns; -#endif /*UIP_CONF_ICMP6*/ - -/** - * The uIP TCP/IP statistics. - * - * This is the variable in which the uIP TCP/IP statistics are gathered. - */ -#if UIP_STATISTICS == 1 -extern struct uip_stats uip_stat; -#define UIP_STAT(s) s -#else -#define UIP_STAT(s) -#endif /* UIP_STATISTICS == 1 */ - -/** - * The structure holding the TCP/IP statistics that are gathered if - * UIP_STATISTICS is set to 1. - * - */ -struct uip_stats { - struct { - uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received packets at the IP - layer. */ - uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent packets at the IP - layer. */ - uip_stats_t forwarded;/**< Number of forwarded packets at the IP - layer. */ - uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped packets at the IP - layer. */ - uip_stats_t vhlerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong - IP version or header length. */ - uip_stats_t hblenerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong - IP length, high byte. */ - uip_stats_t lblenerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong - IP length, low byte. */ - uip_stats_t fragerr; /**< Number of packets dropped since they - were IP fragments. */ - uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to IP - checksum errors. */ - uip_stats_t protoerr; /**< Number of packets dropped since they - were neither ICMP, UDP nor TCP. */ - } ip; /**< IP statistics. */ - struct { - uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received ICMP packets. */ - uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent ICMP packets. */ - uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped ICMP packets. */ - uip_stats_t typeerr; /**< Number of ICMP packets with a wrong - type. */ - uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of ICMP packets with a bad - checksum. */ - } icmp; /**< ICMP statistics. */ -#if UIP_TCP - struct { - uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received TCP segments. */ - uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent TCP segments. */ - uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped TCP segments. */ - uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of TCP segments with a bad - checksum. */ - uip_stats_t ackerr; /**< Number of TCP segments with a bad ACK - number. */ - uip_stats_t rst; /**< Number of received TCP RST (reset) segments. */ - uip_stats_t rexmit; /**< Number of retransmitted TCP segments. */ - uip_stats_t syndrop; /**< Number of dropped SYNs due to too few - connections was available. */ - uip_stats_t synrst; /**< Number of SYNs for closed ports, - triggering a RST. */ - } tcp; /**< TCP statistics. */ -#endif -#if UIP_UDP - struct { - uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped UDP segments. */ - uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received UDP segments. */ - uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent UDP segments. */ - uip_stats_t chkerr; /**< Number of UDP segments with a bad - checksum. */ - } udp; /**< UDP statistics. */ -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - struct { - uip_stats_t drop; /**< Number of dropped ND6 packets. */ - uip_stats_t recv; /**< Number of received ND6 packets */ - uip_stats_t sent; /**< Number of sent ND6 packets */ - } nd6; -#endif /*UIP_CONF_IPV6*/ -}; - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* All the stuff below this point is internal to uIP and should not be - * used directly by an application or by a device driver. - */ -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - - -/* u8_t uip_flags: - * - * When the application is called, uip_flags will contain the flags - * that are defined in this file. Please read below for more - * information. - */ -extern u8_t uip_flags; - -/* The following flags may be set in the global variable uip_flags - before calling the application callback. The UIP_ACKDATA, - UIP_NEWDATA, and UIP_CLOSE flags may both be set at the same time, - whereas the others are mutually exclusive. Note that these flags - should *NOT* be accessed directly, but only through the uIP - functions/macros. */ - -#define UIP_ACKDATA 1 /* Signifies that the outstanding data was - acked and the application should send - out new data instead of retransmitting - the last data. */ -#define UIP_NEWDATA 2 /* Flags the fact that the peer has sent - us new data. */ -#define UIP_REXMIT 4 /* Tells the application to retransmit the - data that was last sent. */ -#define UIP_POLL 8 /* Used for polling the application, to - check if the application has data that - it wants to send. */ -#define UIP_CLOSE 16 /* The remote host has closed the - connection, thus the connection has - gone away. Or the application signals - that it wants to close the - connection. */ -#define UIP_ABORT 32 /* The remote host has aborted the - connection, thus the connection has - gone away. Or the application signals - that it wants to abort the - connection. */ -#define UIP_CONNECTED 64 /* We have got a connection from a remote - host and have set up a new connection - for it, or an active connection has - been successfully established. */ - -#define UIP_TIMEDOUT 128 /* The connection has been aborted due to - too many retransmissions. */ - - -/** - * \brief process the options within a hop by hop or destination option header - * \retval 0: nothing to send, - * \retval 1: drop pkt - * \retval 2: ICMP error message to send -*/ -/*static u8_t -uip_ext_hdr_options_process(); */ - -/* uip_process(flag): - * - * The actual uIP function which does all the work. - */ -void uip_process(u8_t flag); - - /* The following flags are passed as an argument to the uip_process() - function. They are used to distinguish between the two cases where - uip_process() is called. It can be called either because we have - incoming data that should be processed, or because the periodic - timer has fired. These values are never used directly, but only in - the macros defined in this file. */ - -#define UIP_DATA 1 /* Tells uIP that there is incoming - data in the uip_buf buffer. The - length of the data is stored in the - global variable uip_len. */ -#define UIP_TIMER 2 /* Tells uIP that the periodic timer - has fired. */ -#define UIP_POLL_REQUEST 3 /* Tells uIP that a connection should - be polled. */ -#define UIP_UDP_SEND_CONN 4 /* Tells uIP that a UDP datagram - should be constructed in the - uip_buf buffer. */ -#if UIP_UDP -#define UIP_UDP_TIMER 5 -#endif /* UIP_UDP */ - -/* The TCP states used in the uip_conn->tcpstateflags. */ -#define UIP_CLOSED 0 -#define UIP_SYN_RCVD 1 -#define UIP_SYN_SENT 2 -#define UIP_ESTABLISHED 3 -#define UIP_FIN_WAIT_1 4 -#define UIP_FIN_WAIT_2 5 -#define UIP_CLOSING 6 -#define UIP_TIME_WAIT 7 -#define UIP_LAST_ACK 8 -#define UIP_TS_MASK 15 - -#define UIP_STOPPED 16 - -/* The TCP and IP headers. */ -struct uip_tcpip_hdr { -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* IPv6 header. */ - u8_t vtc, - tcflow; - u16_t flow; - u8_t len[2]; - u8_t proto, ttl; - uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - /* IPv4 header. */ - u8_t vhl, - tos, - len[2], - ipid[2], - ipoffset[2], - ttl, - proto; - u16_t ipchksum; - uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* TCP header. */ - u16_t srcport, - destport; - u8_t seqno[4], - ackno[4], - tcpoffset, - flags, - wnd[2]; - u16_t tcpchksum; - u8_t urgp[2]; - u8_t optdata[4]; -}; - -/* The ICMP and IP headers. */ -struct uip_icmpip_hdr { -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* IPv6 header. */ - u8_t vtc, - tcf; - u16_t flow; - u8_t len[2]; - u8_t proto, ttl; - uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - /* IPv4 header. */ - u8_t vhl, - tos, - len[2], - ipid[2], - ipoffset[2], - ttl, - proto; - u16_t ipchksum; - uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* ICMP header. */ - u8_t type, icode; - u16_t icmpchksum; -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - u16_t id, seqno; - u8_t payload[1]; -#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -}; - - -/* The UDP and IP headers. */ -struct uip_udpip_hdr { -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* IPv6 header. */ - u8_t vtc, - tcf; - u16_t flow; - u8_t len[2]; - u8_t proto, ttl; - uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - /* IP header. */ - u8_t vhl, - tos, - len[2], - ipid[2], - ipoffset[2], - ttl, - proto; - u16_t ipchksum; - uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - /* UDP header. */ - u16_t srcport, - destport; - u16_t udplen; - u16_t udpchksum; -}; - -/* - * In IPv6 the length of the L3 headers before the transport header is - * not fixed, due to the possibility to include extension option headers - * after the IP header. hence we split here L3 and L4 headers - */ -/* The IP header */ -struct uip_ip_hdr { -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 - /* IPV6 header */ - u8_t vtc; - u8_t tcflow; - u16_t flow; - u8_t len[2]; - u8_t proto, ttl; - uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - /* IPV4 header */ - u8_t vhl, - tos, - len[2], - ipid[2], - ipoffset[2], - ttl, - proto; - u16_t ipchksum; - uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -}; - - -/* - * IPv6 extension option headers: we are able to process - * the 4 extension headers defined in RFC2460 (IPv6): - * - Hop by hop option header, destination option header: - * These two are not used by any core IPv6 protocol, hence - * we just read them and go to the next. They convey options, - * the options defined in RFC2460 are Pad1 and PadN, which do - * some padding, and that we do not need to read (the length - * field in the header is enough) - * - Routing header: this one is most notably used by MIPv6, - * which we do not implement, hence we just read it and go - * to the next - * - Fragmentation header: we read this header and are able to - * reassemble packets - * - * We do not offer any means to send packets with extension headers - * - * We do not implement Authentication and ESP headers, which are - * used in IPSec and defined in RFC4302,4303,4305,4385 - */ -/* common header part */ -struct uip_ext_hdr { - u8_t next; - u8_t len; -}; - -/* Hop by Hop option header */ -struct uip_hbho_hdr { - u8_t next; - u8_t len; -}; - -/* destination option header */ -struct uip_desto_hdr { - u8_t next; - u8_t len; -}; - -/* We do not define structures for PAD1 and PADN options */ - -/* - * routing header - * the routing header as 4 common bytes, then routing header type - * specific data there are several types of routing header. Type 0 was - * deprecated as per RFC5095 most notable other type is 2, used in - * RFC3775 (MIPv6) here we do not implement MIPv6, so we just need to - * parse the 4 first bytes - */ -struct uip_routing_hdr { - u8_t next; - u8_t len; - u8_t routing_type; - u8_t seg_left; -}; - -/* fragmentation header */ -struct uip_frag_hdr { - u8_t next; - u8_t res; - u16_t offsetresmore; - u32_t id; -}; - -/* - * an option within the destination or hop by hop option headers - * it contains type an length, which is true for all options but PAD1 - */ -struct uip_ext_hdr_opt { - u8_t type; - u8_t len; -}; - -/* PADN option */ -struct uip_ext_hdr_opt_padn { - u8_t opt_type; - u8_t opt_len; -}; - -/* TCP header */ -struct uip_tcp_hdr { - u16_t srcport; - u16_t destport; - u8_t seqno[4]; - u8_t ackno[4]; - u8_t tcpoffset; - u8_t flags; - u8_t wnd[2]; - u16_t tcpchksum; - u8_t urgp[2]; - u8_t optdata[4]; -}; - -/* The ICMP headers. */ -struct uip_icmp_hdr { - u8_t type, icode; - u16_t icmpchksum; -#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 - u16_t id, seqno; -#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -}; - - -/* The UDP headers. */ -struct uip_udp_hdr { - u16_t srcport; - u16_t destport; - u16_t udplen; - u16_t udpchksum; -}; - - -/** - * The buffer size available for user data in the \ref uip_buf buffer. - * - * This macro holds the available size for user data in the \ref - * uip_buf buffer. The macro is intended to be used for checking - * bounds of available user data. - * - * Example: - \code - snprintf(uip_appdata, UIP_APPDATA_SIZE, "%u\n", i); - \endcode - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define UIP_APPDATA_SIZE (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN) -#define UIP_APPDATA_PTR (void *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN] - -#define UIP_PROTO_ICMP 1 -#define UIP_PROTO_TCP 6 -#define UIP_PROTO_UDP 17 -#define UIP_PROTO_ICMP6 58 - - -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 -/** @{ */ -/** \brief extension headers types */ -#define UIP_PROTO_HBHO 0 -#define UIP_PROTO_DESTO 60 -#define UIP_PROTO_ROUTING 43 -#define UIP_PROTO_FRAG 44 -#define UIP_PROTO_NONE 59 -/** @} */ - -/** @{ */ -/** \brief Destination and Hop By Hop extension headers option types */ -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_OPT_PAD1 0 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_OPT_PADN 1 -/** @} */ - -/** @{ */ -/** - * \brief Bitmaps for extension header processing - * - * When processing extension headers, we should record somehow which one we - * see, because you cannot have twice the same header, except for destination - * We store all this in one u8_t bitmap one bit for each header expected. The - * order in the bitmap is the order recommended in RFC2460 - */ -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_HBHO 0x01 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_DESTO1 0x02 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_ROUTING 0x04 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_FRAG 0x08 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_AH 0x10 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_ESP 0x20 -#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_DESTO2 0x40 -/** @} */ - - -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - - -/* Header sizes. */ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 -#define UIP_IPH_LEN 40 -#define UIP_FRAGH_LEN 8 -#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ -#define UIP_IPH_LEN 20 /* Size of IP header */ -#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */ - -#define UIP_UDPH_LEN 8 /* Size of UDP header */ -#define UIP_TCPH_LEN 20 /* Size of TCP header */ -#ifdef UIP_IPH_LEN -#define UIP_ICMPH_LEN 4 /* Size of ICMP header */ -#endif -#define UIP_IPUDPH_LEN (UIP_UDPH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN) /* Size of IP + - * UDP - * header */ -#define UIP_IPTCPH_LEN (UIP_TCPH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN) /* Size of IP + - * TCP - * header */ -#define UIP_TCPIP_HLEN UIP_IPTCPH_LEN -#define UIP_IPICMPH_LEN (UIP_IPH_LEN + UIP_ICMPH_LEN) /* size of ICMP - + IP header */ -#define UIP_LLIPH_LEN (UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN) /* size of L2 - + IP header */ -#if UIP_CONF_IPV6 -/** - * The sums below are quite used in ND. When used for uip_buf, we - * include link layer length when used for uip_len, we do not, hence - * we need values with and without LLH_LEN we do not use capital - * letters as these values are variable - */ -#define uip_l2_l3_hdr_len (UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len) -#define uip_l2_l3_icmp_hdr_len (UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len + UIP_ICMPH_LEN) -#define uip_l3_hdr_len (UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len) -#define uip_l3_icmp_hdr_len (UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len + UIP_ICMPH_LEN) -#endif /*UIP_CONF_IPV6*/ - - -#if UIP_FIXEDADDR -extern const uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr, uip_netmask, uip_draddr; -#else /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */ -extern uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr, uip_netmask, uip_draddr; -#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */ -extern const uip_ipaddr_t uip_broadcast_addr; -extern const uip_ipaddr_t uip_all_zeroes_addr; - -#if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR -extern const uip_lladdr_t uip_lladdr; -#else -extern uip_lladdr_t uip_lladdr; -#endif - - - - -#ifdef UIP_CONF_IPV6 -/** - * \brief Is IPv6 address a the unspecified address - * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t - */ -#define uip_is_addr_unspecified(a) \ - ((((a)->u16[0]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[7]) == 0)) - -/** \brief Is IPv6 address a the link local all-nodes multicast address */ -#define uip_is_addr_linklocal_allnodes_mcast(a) \ - ((((a)->u8[0]) == 0xff) && \ - (((a)->u8[1]) == 0x02) && \ - (((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u8[14]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u8[15]) == 0x01)) - -/** \brief set IP address a to unspecified */ -#define uip_create_unspecified(a) uip_ip6addr(a, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0) - -/** \brief set IP address a to the link local all-nodes multicast address */ -#define uip_create_linklocal_allnodes_mcast(a) uip_ip6addr(a, 0xff02, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x0001) - -/** \brief set IP address a to the link local all-routers multicast address */ -#define uip_create_linklocal_allrouters_mcast(a) uip_ip6addr(a, 0xff02, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x0002) - -/** - * \brief is addr (a) a solicited node multicast address, see RFC3513 - * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t* - */ -#define uip_is_addr_solicited_node(a) \ - ((((a)->u8[0]) == 0xFF) && \ - (((a)->u8[1]) == 0x02) && \ - (((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[5]) == 1) && \ - (((a)->u8[12]) == 0xFF)) - -/** - * \briefput in b the solicited node address corresponding to address a - * both a and b are of type uip_ipaddr_t* - * */ -#define uip_create_solicited_node(a, b) \ - (((b)->u8[0]) = 0xFF); \ - (((b)->u8[1]) = 0x02); \ - (((b)->u16[1]) = 0); \ - (((b)->u16[2]) = 0); \ - (((b)->u16[3]) = 0); \ - (((b)->u16[4]) = 0); \ - (((b)->u8[10]) = 0); \ - (((b)->u8[11]) = 0x01); \ - (((b)->u8[12]) = 0xFF); \ - (((b)->u8[13]) = ((a)->u8[13])); \ - (((b)->u16[7]) = ((a)->u16[7])) - -/** - * \brief is addr (a) a link local unicast address, see RFC3513 - * i.e. is (a) on prefix FE80::/10 - * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t* - */ -#define uip_is_addr_link_local(a) \ - ((((a)->u8[0]) == 0xFE) && \ - (((a)->u8[1]) == 0x80)) - -/** - * \brief was addr (a) forged based on the mac address m - * a type is uip_ipaddr_t - * m type is uiplladdr_t - */ -#if UIP_CONF_LL_802154 -#define uip_is_addr_mac_addr_based(a, m) \ - ((((a)->u8[8]) == (((m)->addr[0]) ^ 0x02)) && \ - (((a)->u8[9]) == (m)->addr[1]) && \ - (((a)->u8[10]) == (m)->addr[2]) && \ - (((a)->u8[11]) == (m)->addr[3]) && \ - (((a)->u8[12]) == (m)->addr[4]) && \ - (((a)->u8[13]) == (m)->addr[5]) && \ - (((a)->u8[14]) == (m)->addr[6]) && \ - (((a)->u8[15]) == (m)->addr[7])) -#else - -#define uip_is_addr_mac_addr_based(a, m) \ - ((((a)->u8[8]) == (((m)->addr[0]) | 0x02)) && \ - (((a)->u8[9]) == (m)->addr[1]) && \ - (((a)->u8[10]) == (m)->addr[2]) && \ - (((a)->u8[11]) == 0xff) && \ - (((a)->u8[12]) == 0xfe) && \ - (((a)->u8[13]) == (m)->addr[3]) && \ - (((a)->u8[14]) == (m)->addr[4]) && \ - (((a)->u8[15]) == (m)->addr[5])) - -#endif /*UIP_CONF_LL_802154*/ - -/** - * \brief is address a multicast address, see RFC 3513 - * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t* - * */ -#define uip_is_addr_mcast(a) \ - (((a)->u8[0]) == 0xFF) - -/** - * \brief is group-id of multicast address a - * the all nodes group-id - */ -#define uip_is_mcast_group_id_all_nodes(a) \ - ((((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u8[14]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u8[15]) == 1)) - -/** - * \brief is group-id of multicast address a - * the all routers group-id - */ -#define uip_is_mcast_group_id_all_routers(a) \ - ((((a)->u16[1]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u8[14]) == 0) && \ - (((a)->u8[15]) == 2)) - - -#endif /*UIP_CONF_IPV6*/ - -/** - * Calculate the Internet checksum over a buffer. - * - * The Internet checksum is the one's complement of the one's - * complement sum of all 16-bit words in the buffer. - * - * See RFC1071. - * - * \param buf A pointer to the buffer over which the checksum is to be - * computed. - * - * \param len The length of the buffer over which the checksum is to - * be computed. - * - * \return The Internet checksum of the buffer. - */ -u16_t uip_chksum(u16_t *buf, u16_t len); - -/** - * Calculate the IP header checksum of the packet header in uip_buf. - * - * The IP header checksum is the Internet checksum of the 20 bytes of - * the IP header. - * - * \return The IP header checksum of the IP header in the uip_buf - * buffer. - */ -u16_t uip_ipchksum(void); - -/** - * Calculate the TCP checksum of the packet in uip_buf and uip_appdata. - * - * The TCP checksum is the Internet checksum of data contents of the - * TCP segment, and a pseudo-header as defined in RFC793. - * - * \return The TCP checksum of the TCP segment in uip_buf and pointed - * to by uip_appdata. - */ -u16_t uip_tcpchksum(void); - -/** - * Calculate the UDP checksum of the packet in uip_buf and uip_appdata. - * - * The UDP checksum is the Internet checksum of data contents of the - * UDP segment, and a pseudo-header as defined in RFC768. - * - * \return The UDP checksum of the UDP segment in uip_buf and pointed - * to by uip_appdata. - */ -u16_t uip_udpchksum(void); - -/** - * Calculate the ICMP checksum of the packet in uip_buf. - * - * \return The ICMP checksum of the ICMP packet in uip_buf - */ -u16_t uip_icmp6chksum(void); - - -#endif /* __UIP_H__ */ - - -/** @} */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c deleted file mode 100644 index fcb783b14..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,432 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \addtogroup uip - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \defgroup uiparp uIP Address Resolution Protocol - * @{ - * - * The Address Resolution Protocol ARP is used for mapping between IP - * addresses and link level addresses such as the Ethernet MAC - * addresses. ARP uses broadcast queries to ask for the link level - * address of a known IP address and the host which is configured with - * the IP address for which the query was meant, will respond with its - * link level address. - * - * \note This ARP implementation only supports Ethernet. - */ - -/** - * \file - * Implementation of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol. - * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com> - * - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote - * products derived from this software without specific prior - * written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS - * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED - * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY - * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE - * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, - * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING - * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS - * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack. - * - * $Id: uip_arp.c,v 1.5 2008/02/07 01:35:00 adamdunkels Exp $ - * - */ - - -#include "uip_arp.h" - -#include <string.h> - -struct arp_hdr { - struct uip_eth_hdr ethhdr; - u16_t hwtype; - u16_t protocol; - u8_t hwlen; - u8_t protolen; - u16_t opcode; - struct uip_eth_addr shwaddr; - uip_ipaddr_t sipaddr; - struct uip_eth_addr dhwaddr; - uip_ipaddr_t dipaddr; -}; - -struct ethip_hdr { - struct uip_eth_hdr ethhdr; - /* IP header. */ - u8_t vhl, - tos, - len[2], - ipid[2], - ipoffset[2], - ttl, - proto; - u16_t ipchksum; - uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr; -}; - -#define ARP_REQUEST 1 -#define ARP_REPLY 2 - -#define ARP_HWTYPE_ETH 1 - -struct arp_entry { - uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; - struct uip_eth_addr ethaddr; - u8_t time; -}; - -static const struct uip_eth_addr broadcast_ethaddr = - {{0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff}}; -static const u16_t broadcast_ipaddr[2] = {0xffff,0xffff}; - -static struct arp_entry arp_table[UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE]; -static uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr; -static u8_t i, c; - -static u8_t arptime; -static u8_t tmpage; - -#define BUF ((struct arp_hdr *)&uip_buf[0]) -#define IPBUF ((struct ethip_hdr *)&uip_buf[0]) - -#define DEBUG 0 -#if DEBUG -#include <stdio.h> -#define PRINTF(...) printf(__VA_ARGS__) -#else -#define PRINTF(...) -#endif - -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Initialize the ARP module. - * - */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_arp_init(void) -{ - for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) { - memset(&arp_table[i].ipaddr, 0, 4); - } -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Periodic ARP processing function. - * - * This function performs periodic timer processing in the ARP module - * and should be called at regular intervals. The recommended interval - * is 10 seconds between the calls. - * - */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_arp_timer(void) -{ - struct arp_entry *tabptr = NULL; - - ++arptime; - for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) { - tabptr = &arp_table[i]; - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&tabptr->ipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr) && - arptime - tabptr->time >= UIP_ARP_MAXAGE) { - memset(&tabptr->ipaddr, 0, 4); - } - } - -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -static void -uip_arp_update(uip_ipaddr_t *ipaddr, struct uip_eth_addr *ethaddr) -{ - register struct arp_entry *tabptr = NULL; - /* Walk through the ARP mapping table and try to find an entry to - update. If none is found, the IP -> MAC address mapping is - inserted in the ARP table. */ - for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) { - - tabptr = &arp_table[i]; - /* Only check those entries that are actually in use. */ - if(!uip_ipaddr_cmp(&tabptr->ipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) { - - /* Check if the source IP address of the incoming packet matches - the IP address in this ARP table entry. */ - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(ipaddr, &tabptr->ipaddr)) { - - /* An old entry found, update this and return. */ - memcpy(tabptr->ethaddr.addr, ethaddr->addr, 6); - tabptr->time = arptime; - - return; - } - } - } - - /* If we get here, no existing ARP table entry was found, so we - create one. */ - - /* First, we try to find an unused entry in the ARP table. */ - for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) { - tabptr = &arp_table[i]; - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&tabptr->ipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) { - break; - } - } - - /* If no unused entry is found, we try to find the oldest entry and - throw it away. */ - if(i == UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE) { - tmpage = 0; - c = 0; - for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) { - tabptr = &arp_table[i]; - if(arptime - tabptr->time > tmpage) { - tmpage = arptime - tabptr->time; - c = i; - } - } - i = c; - tabptr = &arp_table[i]; - } - - /* Now, i is the ARP table entry which we will fill with the new - information. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&tabptr->ipaddr, ipaddr); - memcpy(tabptr->ethaddr.addr, ethaddr->addr, 6); - tabptr->time = arptime; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * ARP processing for incoming IP packets - * - * This function should be called by the device driver when an IP - * packet has been received. The function will check if the address is - * in the ARP cache, and if so the ARP cache entry will be - * refreshed. If no ARP cache entry was found, a new one is created. - * - * This function expects an IP packet with a prepended Ethernet header - * in the uip_buf[] buffer, and the length of the packet in the global - * variable uip_len. - */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if 0 -void -uip_arp_ipin(void) -{ - uip_len -= sizeof(struct uip_eth_hdr); - - /* Only insert/update an entry if the source IP address of the - incoming IP packet comes from a host on the local network. */ - if((IPBUF->srcipaddr[0] & uip_netmask[0]) != - (uip_hostaddr[0] & uip_netmask[0])) { - return; - } - if((IPBUF->srcipaddr[1] & uip_netmask[1]) != - (uip_hostaddr[1] & uip_netmask[1])) { - return; - } - uip_arp_update(IPBUF->srcipaddr, &(IPBUF->ethhdr.src)); - - return; -} -#endif /* 0 */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * ARP processing for incoming ARP packets. - * - * This function should be called by the device driver when an ARP - * packet has been received. The function will act differently - * depending on the ARP packet type: if it is a reply for a request - * that we previously sent out, the ARP cache will be filled in with - * the values from the ARP reply. If the incoming ARP packet is an ARP - * request for our IP address, an ARP reply packet is created and put - * into the uip_buf[] buffer. - * - * When the function returns, the value of the global variable uip_len - * indicates whether the device driver should send out a packet or - * not. If uip_len is zero, no packet should be sent. If uip_len is - * non-zero, it contains the length of the outbound packet that is - * present in the uip_buf[] buffer. - * - * This function expects an ARP packet with a prepended Ethernet - * header in the uip_buf[] buffer, and the length of the packet in the - * global variable uip_len. - */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_arp_arpin(void) -{ - if(uip_len < sizeof(struct arp_hdr)) { - uip_len = 0; - return; - } - uip_len = 0; - - switch(BUF->opcode) { - case HTONS(ARP_REQUEST): - /* ARP request. If it asked for our address, we send out a - reply. */ - /* if(BUF->dipaddr[0] == uip_hostaddr[0] && - BUF->dipaddr[1] == uip_hostaddr[1]) {*/ - PRINTF("uip_arp_arpin: request for %d.%d.%d.%d (we are %d.%d.%d.%d)\n", - BUF->dipaddr.u8[0], BUF->dipaddr.u8[1], - BUF->dipaddr.u8[2], BUF->dipaddr.u8[3], - uip_hostaddr.u8[0], uip_hostaddr.u8[1], - uip_hostaddr.u8[2], uip_hostaddr.u8[3]); - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->dipaddr, &uip_hostaddr)) { - /* First, we register the one who made the request in our ARP - table, since it is likely that we will do more communication - with this host in the future. */ - uip_arp_update(&BUF->sipaddr, &BUF->shwaddr); - - BUF->opcode = HTONS(ARP_REPLY); - - memcpy(BUF->dhwaddr.addr, BUF->shwaddr.addr, 6); - memcpy(BUF->shwaddr.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6); - memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6); - memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, BUF->dhwaddr.addr, 6); - - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->dipaddr, &BUF->sipaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->sipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - - BUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP); - uip_len = sizeof(struct arp_hdr); - } - break; - case HTONS(ARP_REPLY): - /* ARP reply. We insert or update the ARP table if it was meant - for us. */ - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->dipaddr, &uip_hostaddr)) { - uip_arp_update(&BUF->sipaddr, &BUF->shwaddr); - } - break; - } - - return; -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * Prepend Ethernet header to an outbound IP packet and see if we need - * to send out an ARP request. - * - * This function should be called before sending out an IP packet. The - * function checks the destination IP address of the IP packet to see - * what Ethernet MAC address that should be used as a destination MAC - * address on the Ethernet. - * - * If the destination IP address is in the local network (determined - * by logical ANDing of netmask and our IP address), the function - * checks the ARP cache to see if an entry for the destination IP - * address is found. If so, an Ethernet header is prepended and the - * function returns. If no ARP cache entry is found for the - * destination IP address, the packet in the uip_buf[] is replaced by - * an ARP request packet for the IP address. The IP packet is dropped - * and it is assumed that they higher level protocols (e.g., TCP) - * eventually will retransmit the dropped packet. - * - * If the destination IP address is not on the local network, the IP - * address of the default router is used instead. - * - * When the function returns, a packet is present in the uip_buf[] - * buffer, and the length of the packet is in the global variable - * uip_len. - */ -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -void -uip_arp_out(void) -{ - struct arp_entry *tabptr = NULL; - - /* Find the destination IP address in the ARP table and construct - the Ethernet header. If the destination IP address isn't on the - local network, we use the default router's IP address instead. - - If not ARP table entry is found, we overwrite the original IP - packet with an ARP request for the IP address. */ - - /* First check if destination is a local broadcast. */ - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&IPBUF->destipaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr)) { - memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, broadcast_ethaddr.addr, 6); - } else { - /* Check if the destination address is on the local network. */ - if(!uip_ipaddr_maskcmp(&IPBUF->destipaddr, &uip_hostaddr, &uip_netmask)) { - /* Destination address was not on the local network, so we need to - use the default router's IP address instead of the destination - address when determining the MAC address. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&ipaddr, &uip_draddr); - } else { - /* Else, we use the destination IP address. */ - uip_ipaddr_copy(&ipaddr, &IPBUF->destipaddr); - } - - for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) { - tabptr = &arp_table[i]; - if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&ipaddr, &tabptr->ipaddr)) { - break; - } - } - - if(i == UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE) { - /* The destination address was not in our ARP table, so we - overwrite the IP packet with an ARP request. */ - - memset(BUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, 0xff, 6); - memset(BUF->dhwaddr.addr, 0x00, 6); - memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6); - memcpy(BUF->shwaddr.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6); - - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->dipaddr, &ipaddr); - uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->sipaddr, &uip_hostaddr); - BUF->opcode = HTONS(ARP_REQUEST); /* ARP request. */ - BUF->hwtype = HTONS(ARP_HWTYPE_ETH); - BUF->protocol = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP); - BUF->hwlen = 6; - BUF->protolen = 4; - BUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP); - - uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN]; - - uip_len = sizeof(struct arp_hdr); - return; - } - - /* Build an ethernet header. */ - memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, tabptr->ethaddr.addr, 6); - } - memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6); - - IPBUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP); - - uip_len += sizeof(struct uip_eth_hdr); -} -/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @} */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4e78ce7b7..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \addtogroup uip - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \addtogroup uiparp - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \file - * Macros and definitions for the ARP module. - * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com> - */ - - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote - * products derived from this software without specific prior - * written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS - * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED - * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY - * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE - * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, - * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING - * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS - * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack. - * - * $Id: uip_arp.h,v 1.2 2006/08/26 23:58:45 oliverschmidt Exp $ - * - */ - -#ifndef __UIP_ARP_H__ -#define __UIP_ARP_H__ - -#include "uip.h" - - -extern struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr; - -/** - * The Ethernet header. - */ -struct uip_eth_hdr { - struct uip_eth_addr dest; - struct uip_eth_addr src; - u16_t type; -}; - -#define UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP 0x0806 -#define UIP_ETHTYPE_IP 0x0800 -#define UIP_ETHTYPE_IPV6 0x86dd - - -/* The uip_arp_init() function must be called before any of the other - ARP functions. */ -void uip_arp_init(void); - -/* The uip_arp_ipin() function should be called whenever an IP packet - arrives from the Ethernet. This function refreshes the ARP table or - inserts a new mapping if none exists. The function assumes that an - IP packet with an Ethernet header is present in the uip_buf buffer - and that the length of the packet is in the uip_len variable. */ -/*void uip_arp_ipin(void);*/ -#define uip_arp_ipin() - -/* The uip_arp_arpin() should be called when an ARP packet is received - by the Ethernet driver. This function also assumes that the - Ethernet frame is present in the uip_buf buffer. When the - uip_arp_arpin() function returns, the contents of the uip_buf - buffer should be sent out on the Ethernet if the uip_len variable - is > 0. */ -void uip_arp_arpin(void); - -/* The uip_arp_out() function should be called when an IP packet - should be sent out on the Ethernet. This function creates an - Ethernet header before the IP header in the uip_buf buffer. The - Ethernet header will have the correct Ethernet MAC destination - address filled in if an ARP table entry for the destination IP - address (or the IP address of the default router) is present. If no - such table entry is found, the IP packet is overwritten with an ARP - request and we rely on TCP to retransmit the packet that was - overwritten. In any case, the uip_len variable holds the length of - the Ethernet frame that should be transmitted. */ -void uip_arp_out(void); - -/* The uip_arp_timer() function should be called every ten seconds. It - is responsible for flushing old entries in the ARP table. */ -void uip_arp_timer(void); - -/** @} */ - -/** - * \addtogroup uipconffunc - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * Specifiy the Ethernet MAC address. - * - * The ARP code needs to know the MAC address of the Ethernet card in - * order to be able to respond to ARP queries and to generate working - * Ethernet headers. - * - * \note This macro only specifies the Ethernet MAC address to the ARP - * code. It cannot be used to change the MAC address of the Ethernet - * card. - * - * \param eaddr A pointer to a struct uip_eth_addr containing the - * Ethernet MAC address of the Ethernet card. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define uip_setethaddr(eaddr) do {uip_ethaddr.addr[0] = eaddr.addr[0]; \ - uip_ethaddr.addr[1] = eaddr.addr[1];\ - uip_ethaddr.addr[2] = eaddr.addr[2];\ - uip_ethaddr.addr[3] = eaddr.addr[3];\ - uip_ethaddr.addr[4] = eaddr.addr[4];\ - uip_ethaddr.addr[5] = eaddr.addr[5];} while(0) - -/** @} */ - - -#endif /* __UIP_ARP_H__ */ -/** @} */ - diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 520c03f25..000000000 --- a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,740 +0,0 @@ -/** - * \addtogroup uip - * @{ - */ - -/** - * \defgroup uipopt Configuration options for uIP - * @{ - * - * uIP is configured using the per-project configuration file - * "uipopt.h". This file contains all compile-time options for uIP and - * should be tweaked to match each specific project. The uIP - * distribution contains a documented example "uipopt.h" that can be - * copied and modified for each project. - */ - -/** - * \file - * Configuration options for uIP. - * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com> - * - * This file is used for tweaking various configuration options for - * uIP. You should make a copy of this file into one of your project's - * directories instead of editing this example "uipopt.h" file that - * comes with the uIP distribution. - */ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels. - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote - * products derived from this software without specific prior - * written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS - * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED - * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE - * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY - * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE - * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS - * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, - * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING - * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS - * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack. - * - * $Id: uipopt.h,v 1.11 2009/04/10 00:37:48 adamdunkels Exp $ - * - */ - -#ifndef __UIPOPT_H__ -#define __UIPOPT_H__ - -#include "Config/AppConfig.h" - -#ifndef UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN -#define UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN 3412 -#endif /* UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN */ -#ifndef UIP_BIG_ENDIAN -#define UIP_BIG_ENDIAN 1234 -#endif /* UIP_BIG_ENDIAN */ - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * \defgroup uipoptstaticconf Static configuration options - * @{ - * - * These configuration options can be used for setting the IP address - * settings statically, but only if UIP_FIXEDADDR is set to 1. The - * configuration options for a specific node includes IP address, - * netmask and default router as well as the Ethernet address. The - * netmask, default router and Ethernet address are applicable only - * if uIP should be run over Ethernet. - * - * This options are meaningful only for the IPv4 code. - * - * All of these should be changed to suit your project. - */ - -/** - * Determines if uIP should use a fixed IP address or not. - * - * If uIP should use a fixed IP address, the settings are set in the - * uipopt.h file. If not, the macros uip_sethostaddr(), - * uip_setdraddr() and uip_setnetmask() should be used instead. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define UIP_FIXEDADDR 0 - -/** - * Ping IP address assignment. - * - * uIP uses a "ping" packets for setting its own IP address if this - * option is set. If so, uIP will start with an empty IP address and - * the destination IP address of the first incoming "ping" (ICMP echo) - * packet will be used for setting the hosts IP address. - * - * \note This works only if UIP_FIXEDADDR is 0. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF -#define UIP_PINGADDRCONF UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF -#else /* UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF */ -#define UIP_PINGADDRCONF 0 -#endif /* UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF */ - - -/** - * Specifies if the uIP ARP module should be compiled with a fixed - * Ethernet MAC address or not. - * - * If this configuration option is 0, the macro uip_setethaddr() can - * be used to specify the Ethernet address at run-time. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#define UIP_FIXEDETHADDR 0 - -/** @} */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * \defgroup uipoptip IP configuration options - * @{ - * - */ -/** - * The IP TTL (time to live) of IP packets sent by uIP. - * - * This should normally not be changed. - */ -#define UIP_TTL 64 - -/** - * The maximum time an IP fragment should wait in the reassembly - * buffer before it is dropped. - * - */ -#define UIP_REASS_MAXAGE 60 /*60s*/ - -/** - * Turn on support for IP packet reassembly. - * - * uIP supports reassembly of fragmented IP packets. This features - * requires an additional amount of RAM to hold the reassembly buffer - * and the reassembly code size is approximately 700 bytes. The - * reassembly buffer is of the same size as the uip_buf buffer - * (configured by UIP_BUFSIZE). - * - * \note IP packet reassembly is not heavily tested. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY -#define UIP_REASSEMBLY UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY -#else /* UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY */ -#define UIP_REASSEMBLY 0 -#endif /* UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY */ -/** @} */ - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * \defgroup uipoptipv6 IPv6 configuration options - * @{ - * - */ - -/** The maximum transmission unit at the IP Layer*/ -#define UIP_LINK_MTU 1280 - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6 -/** Do we use IPv6 or not (default: no) */ -#define UIP_CONF_IPV6 0 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6_QUEUE_PKT -/** Do we do per %neighbor queuing during address resolution (default: no) */ -#define UIP_CONF_IPV6_QUEUE_PKT 0 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6_CHECKS -/** Do we do IPv6 consistency checks (highly recommended, default: yes) */ -#define UIP_CONF_IPV6_CHECKS 1 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6_REASSEMBLY -/** Do we do IPv6 fragmentation (default: no) */ -#define UIP_CONF_IPV6_REASSEMBLY 0 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_NETIF_MAX_ADDRESSES -/** Default number of IPv6 addresses associated to the node's interface */ -#define UIP_CONF_NETIF_MAX_ADDRESSES 3 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_PREFIXES -/** Default number of IPv6 prefixes associated to the node's interface */ -#define UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_PREFIXES 3 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_NEIGHBORS -/** Default number of neighbors that can be stored in the %neighbor cache */ -#define UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_NEIGHBORS 4 -#endif - -#ifndef UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_DEFROUTERS -/** Minimum number of default routers */ -#define UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_DEFROUTERS 2 -#endif -/** @} */ - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * \defgroup uipoptudp UDP configuration options - * @{ - * - * \note The UDP support in uIP is still not entirely complete; there - * is no support for sending or receiving broadcast or multicast - * packets, but it works well enough to support a number of vital - * applications such as DNS queries, though - */ - -/** - * Toggles whether UDP support should be compiled in or not. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_UDP -#define UIP_UDP UIP_CONF_UDP -#else /* UIP_CONF_UDP */ -#define UIP_UDP 1 -#endif /* UIP_CONF_UDP */ - -/** - * Toggles if UDP checksums should be used or not. - * - * \note Support for UDP checksums is currently not included in uIP, - * so this option has no function. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_UDP_CHECKSUMS -#define UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS UIP_CONF_UDP_CHECKSUMS -#else -#define UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS 0 -#endif - -/** - * The maximum amount of concurrent UDP connections. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS -#define UIP_UDP_CONNS UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS -#else /* UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS */ -#define UIP_UDP_CONNS 10 -#endif /* UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS */ - -/** - * The name of the function that should be called when UDP datagrams arrive. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ - - -/** @} */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * \defgroup uipopttcp TCP configuration options - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Toggles whether TCP support should be compiled in or not. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_TCP -#define UIP_TCP UIP_CONF_TCP -#else /* UIP_CONF_TCP */ -#define UIP_TCP 1 -#endif /* UIP_CONF_TCP */ - -/** - * Determines if support for opening connections from uIP should be - * compiled in. - * - * If the applications that are running on top of uIP for this project - * do not need to open outgoing TCP connections, this configuration - * option can be turned off to reduce the code size of uIP. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN -#define UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN 1 -#else /* UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN */ -#define UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN -#endif /* UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN */ - -/** - * The maximum number of simultaneously open TCP connections. - * - * Since the TCP connections are statically allocated, turning this - * configuration knob down results in less RAM used. Each TCP - * connection requires approximately 30 bytes of memory. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS -#define UIP_CONNS 10 -#else /* UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS */ -#define UIP_CONNS UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS -#endif /* UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS */ - - -/** - * The maximum number of simultaneously listening TCP ports. - * - * Each listening TCP port requires 2 bytes of memory. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS -#define UIP_LISTENPORTS 20 -#else /* UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS */ -#define UIP_LISTENPORTS UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS -#endif /* UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS */ - -/** - * Determines if support for TCP urgent data notification should be - * compiled in. - * - * Urgent data (out-of-band data) is a rarely used TCP feature that - * very seldom would be required. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#if !defined(UIP_URGDATA) -#define UIP_URGDATA 0 -#endif - -/** - * The initial retransmission timeout counted in timer pulses. - * - * This should not be changed. - */ -#if !defined(UIP_RTO) -#define UIP_RTO 3 -#endif - -/** - * The maximum number of times a segment should be retransmitted - * before the connection should be aborted. - * - * This should not be changed. - */ -#if !defined(UIP_MAXRTX) -#define UIP_MAXRTX 8 -#endif - -/** - * The maximum number of times a SYN segment should be retransmitted - * before a connection request should be deemed to have been - * unsuccessful. - * - * This should not need to be changed. - */ -#if !defined(UIP_MAXSYNRTX) -#define UIP_MAXSYNRTX 5 -#endif - -/** - * The TCP maximum segment size. - * - * This is should not be to set to more than - * UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN. - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_TCP_MSS -#define UIP_TCP_MSS UIP_CONF_TCP_MSS -#else -#define UIP_TCP_MSS (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN) -#endif - -/** - * The size of the advertised receiver's window. - * - * Should be set low (i.e., to the size of the uip_buf buffer) if the - * application is slow to process incoming data, or high (32768 bytes) - * if the application processes data quickly. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_RECEIVE_WINDOW -#define UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW UIP_TCP_MSS -#else -#define UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW UIP_CONF_RECEIVE_WINDOW -#endif - -/** - * How long a connection should stay in the TIME_WAIT state. - * - * This configuration option has no real implication, and it should be - * left untouched. - */ -#define UIP_TIME_WAIT_TIMEOUT 120 - - -/** @} */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * \defgroup uipoptarp ARP configuration options - * @{ - */ - -/** - * The size of the ARP table. - * - * This option should be set to a larger value if this uIP node will - * have many connections from the local network. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_ARPTAB_SIZE -#define UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE UIP_CONF_ARPTAB_SIZE -#else -#define UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE 8 -#endif - -/** - * The maximum age of ARP table entries measured in 10ths of seconds. - * - * An UIP_ARP_MAXAGE of 120 corresponds to 20 minutes (BSD - * default). - */ -#define UIP_ARP_MAXAGE 120 - - -/** @} */ - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * \defgroup uipoptmac layer 2 options (for ipv6) - * @{ - */ - -#define UIP_DEFAULT_PREFIX_LEN 64 - -/** @} */ - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * \defgroup uipoptsics 6lowpan options (for ipv6) - * @{ - */ -/** - * Timeout for packet reassembly at the 6lowpan layer - * (should be < 60s) - */ -#ifdef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAXAGE -#define SICSLOWPAN_REASS_MAXAGE SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAXAGE -#else -#define SICSLOWPAN_REASS_MAXAGE 20 -#endif - -/** - * Do we compress the IP header or not (default: no) - */ -#ifndef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_COMPRESSION -#define SICSLOWPAN_CONF_COMPRESSION 0 -#endif - -/** - * If we use IPHC compression, how many address contexts do we support - */ -#ifndef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAX_ADDR_CONTEXTS -#define SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAX_ADDR_CONTEXTS 1 -#endif - -/** - * Do we support 6lowpan fragmentation - */ -#ifndef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_FRAG -#define SICSLOWPAN_CONF_FRAG 0 -#endif - -/** @} */ - -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** - * \defgroup uipoptgeneral General configuration options - * @{ - */ - -/** - * The size of the uIP packet buffer. - * - * The uIP packet buffer should not be smaller than 60 bytes, and does - * not need to be larger than 1514 bytes. Lower size results in lower - * TCP throughput, larger size results in higher TCP throughput. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE -#define UIP_BUFSIZE UIP_LINK_MTU + UIP_LLH_LEN -#else /* UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE */ -#define UIP_BUFSIZE UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE -#endif /* UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE */ - - -/** - * Determines if statistics support should be compiled in. - * - * The statistics is useful for debugging and to show the user. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_STATISTICS -#define UIP_STATISTICS 0 -#else /* UIP_CONF_STATISTICS */ -#define UIP_STATISTICS UIP_CONF_STATISTICS -#endif /* UIP_CONF_STATISTICS */ - -/** - * Determines if logging of certain events should be compiled in. - * - * This is useful mostly for debugging. The function uip_log() - * must be implemented to suit the architecture of the project, if - * logging is turned on. - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_LOGGING -#define UIP_LOGGING 0 -#else /* UIP_CONF_LOGGING */ -#define UIP_LOGGING UIP_CONF_LOGGING -#endif /* UIP_CONF_LOGGING */ - -/** - * Broadcast support. - * - * This flag configures IP broadcast support. This is useful only - * together with UDP. - * - * \hideinitializer - * - */ -#ifndef UIP_CONF_BROADCAST -#define UIP_BROADCAST 0 -#else /* UIP_CONF_BROADCAST */ -#define UIP_BROADCAST UIP_CONF_BROADCAST -#endif /* UIP_CONF_BROADCAST */ - -/** - * Print out a uIP log message. - * - * This function must be implemented by the module that uses uIP, and - * is called by uIP whenever a log message is generated. - */ -void uip_log(char *msg); - -/** - * The link level header length. - * - * This is the offset into the uip_buf where the IP header can be - * found. For Ethernet, this should be set to 14. For SLIP, this - * should be set to 0. - * - * \note we probably won't use this constant for other link layers than - * ethernet as they have variable header length (this is due to variable - * number and type of address fields and to optional security features) - * E.g.: 802.15.4 -> 2 + (1/2*4/8) + 0/5/6/10/14 - * 802.11 -> 4 + (6*3/4) + 2 - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_LLH_LEN -#define UIP_LLH_LEN UIP_CONF_LLH_LEN -#else /* UIP_LLH_LEN */ -#define UIP_LLH_LEN 14 -#endif /* UIP_CONF_LLH_LEN */ - -/** @} */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** - * \defgroup uipoptcpu CPU architecture configuration - * @{ - * - * The CPU architecture configuration is where the endianess of the - * CPU on which uIP is to be run is specified. Most CPUs today are - * little endian, and the most notable exception are the Motorolas - * which are big endian. The BYTE_ORDER macro should be changed to - * reflect the CPU architecture on which uIP is to be run. - */ - -/** - * The byte order of the CPU architecture on which uIP is to be run. - * - * This option can be either UIP_BIG_ENDIAN (Motorola byte order) or - * UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN (Intel byte order). - * - * \hideinitializer - */ -#ifdef UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER -#define UIP_BYTE_ORDER UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER -#else /* UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER */ -#define UIP_BYTE_ORDER UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN -#endif /* UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER */ - -/** @} */ -/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#include <ff.h> -#include <stdbool.h> -#include <stdint.h> - -#include "timer.h" - -typedef uint8_t u8_t; -typedef uint16_t u16_t; -typedef uint32_t u32_t; -typedef uint32_t uip_stats_t; - -/** - * \defgroup uipoptapp Application specific configurations - * @{ - * - * An uIP application is implemented using a single application - * function that is called by uIP whenever a TCP/IP event occurs. The - * name of this function must be registered with uIP at compile time - * using the UIP_APPCALL definition. - * - * uIP applications can store the application state within the - * uip_conn structure by specifying the type of the application - * structure by typedef:ing the type uip_tcp_appstate_t and uip_udp_appstate_t. - * - * The file containing the definitions must be included in the - * uipopt.h file. - * - * The following example illustrates how this can look. - \code - - void httpd_appcall(void); - #define UIP_APPCALL httpd_appcall - - struct httpd_state { - u8_t state; - u16_t count; - char *dataptr; - char *script; - }; - typedef struct httpd_state uip_tcp_appstate_t - \endcode -*/ -#define UIP_UDP_APPCALL uIPManagement_UDPCallback -void UIP_UDP_APPCALL(void); - -/** - * \var #define UIP_APPCALL - * - * The name of the application function that uIP should call in - * response to TCP/IP events. - * - */ -#define UIP_APPCALL uIPManagement_TCPCallback -void UIP_APPCALL(void); - -/** - * \var typedef uip_tcp_appstate_t - * - * The type of the application state that is to be stored in the - * uip_conn structure. This usually is typedef:ed to a struct holding - * application state information. - */ -typedef union -{ - struct - { - uint8_t CurrentState; - uint8_t NextState; - - char FileName[MAX_URI_LENGTH]; - FIL FileHandle; - bool FileOpen; - uint32_t ACKedFilePos; - uint16_t SentChunkSize; - } HTTPServer; - - struct - { - uint8_t CurrentState; - uint8_t NextState; - - uint8_t IssuedCommand; - } TELNETServer; -} uip_tcp_appstate_t; - -/** - * \var typedef uip_udp_appstate_t - * - * The type of the application state that is to be stored in the - * uip_conn structure. This usually is typedef:ed to a struct holding - * application state information. - */ -typedef union -{ - struct - { - uint8_t CurrentState; - struct timer Timeout; - - struct - { - uint8_t AllocatedIP[4]; - uint8_t Netmask[4]; - uint8_t GatewayIP[4]; - uint8_t ServerIP[4]; - } DHCPOffer_Data; - } DHCPClient; -} uip_udp_appstate_t; -/** @} */ - -#endif /* __UIPOPT_H__ */ -/** @} */ -/** @} */ - |